📜

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Khuddakanikāye

Nettippakaraṇapāḷi

1. Saṅgahavāro

Yaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ loko pūjayate, salokapālo sadā namassati ca;

Tasseta sāsanavaraṃ, vidūhi ñeyyaṃ naravarassa.

Dvādasa padāni suttaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ byañjanañca attho ca;

Taṃ viññeyyaṃ ubhayaṃ, ko attho byañjanaṃ katamaṃ.

Soḷasahārā netti [nettī (ka.)], pañcanayā sāsanassa pariyeṭṭhi;

Aṭṭhārasamūlapadā, mahakaccānena [mahākaccānena (sī.)] niddiṭṭhā.

Hārā ¶ byañjanavicayo, suttassa nayā tayo ca suttattho;

Ubhayaṃ pariggahītaṃ, vuccati suttaṃ yathāsuttaṃ.

Yā ceva desanā yañca, desitaṃ ubhayameva viññeyyaṃ;

Tatrāyamānupubbī, navavidhasuttantapariyeṭṭhīti.

Saṅgahavāro.

2. Uddesavāro

1. Tattha katame soḷasa hārā? Desanā vicayo yutti padaṭṭhāno lakkhaṇo catubyūho āvaṭṭo vibhatti parivattano vevacano paññatti ¶ otaraṇo sodhano adhiṭṭhāno parikkhāro samāropano iti.

Tassānugīti

Desanā ¶ vicayo yutti, padaṭṭhāno ca lakkhaṇo;

Catubyūho ca āvaṭṭo, vibhatti parivattano.

Vevacano ca paññatti, otaraṇo ca sodhano;

Adhiṭṭhāno parikkhāro, samāropano soḷaso [soḷasa (sī.)].

Ete soḷasa hārā, pakittitā atthato asaṃkiṇṇā;

Etesañceva bhavati, vitthāratayā nayavibhattīti.

2. Tattha katame pañca nayā? Nandiyāvaṭṭo tipukkhalo sīhavikkīḷito disālocano aṅkuso iti.

Tassānugīti

Paṭhamo nandiyāvaṭṭo, dutiyo ca tipukkhalo;

Sīhavikkīḷito nāma, tatiyo nayalañjako [nayalañchako (sī.)].

Disālocanamāhaṃsu ¶ , catutthaṃ nayamuttamaṃ;

Pañcamo aṅkuso nāma, sabbe pañca nayā gatāti.

3. Tattha katamāni aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni? Nava padāni kusalāni nava padāni akusalāni. Tattha katamāni nava padāni akusalāni, taṇhā avijjā lobho doso moho subhasaññā sukhasaññā niccasaññā attasaññāti, imāni nava padāni akusalāni, yattha sabbo akusalapakkho saṅgahaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchati.

Tattha katamāni nava padāni kusalāni? Samatho vipassanā alobho adoso amoho asubhasaññā dukkhasaññā aniccasaññā anattasaññāti, imāni nava padāni kusalāni, yattha sabbo kusalapakkho saṅgahaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchati.

Tatridaṃ uddānaṃ

Taṇhā ¶ ca avijjāpi ca, lobho doso tatheva moho ca;

Caturo ca vipallāsā, kilesabhūmī nava padāni.

Samatho ¶ ca vipassanā ca, kusalāni ca yāni tīṇi mūlāni;

Caturo satipaṭṭhānā, indriyabhūmī nava padāni.

Navahi ca padehi kusalā, navahi ca yujjanti akusalapakkhā;

Ete kho mūlapadā, bhavanti aṭṭhārasa padānīti.

Uddesavāro.

3. Niddesavāro

4. Tattha saṅkhepato netti kittitā.

Hārasaṅkhepo

1.

Assādādīnavatā ¶ , nissaraṇampi ca phalaṃ upāyo ca;

Āṇattī ca bhagavato, yogīnaṃ desanāhāro.

2.

Yaṃ pucchitañca vissajjitañca, suttassa yā ca anugīti;

Suttassa yo pavicayo, hāro vicayoti niddiṭṭho.

3.

Sabbesaṃ hārānaṃ, yā bhūmī yo ca gocaro tesaṃ;

Yuttāyuttaparikkhā, hāro yuttīti niddiṭṭho.

4.

Dhammaṃ deseti jino, tassa ca dhammassa yaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ;

Iti yāva sabbadhammā, eso hāro padaṭṭhāno.

5.

Vuttamhi ekadhamme, ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā keci;

Vuttā bhavanti sabbe, so hāro lakkhaṇo nāma.

6.

Neruttamadhippāyo, byañjanamatha desanānidānañca;

Pubbāparānusandhī, eso hāro catubyūho.

7.

Ekamhi padaṭṭhāne, pariyesati sesakaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ;

Āvaṭṭati paṭipakkhe, āvaṭṭo nāma so hāro.

8.

Dhammañca ¶ padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhūmiñca vibhajjate ayaṃ hāro;

Sādhāraṇe asādhāraṇe ca neyyo vibhattīti.

9.

Kusalākusale dhamme, niddiṭṭhe bhāvite pahīne ca;

Parivattati paṭipakkhe, hāro parivattano nāma.

10.

Vevacanāni ¶ bahūni tu, sutte vuttāni ekadhammassa;

Yo jānāti suttavidū, vevacano nāma so hāro.

11.

Ekaṃ ¶ bhagavā dhammaṃ, paññattīhi vividhāhi deseti;

So ākāro ñeyyo, paññattī nāma hāroti.

12.

Yo ca paṭiccuppādo, indriyakhandhā ca dhātu āyatanā;

Etehi otarati yo, otaraṇo nāma so hāro.

13.

Vissajjitamhi pañhe, gāthāyaṃ pucchitāyamārabbha;

Suddhāsuddhaparikkhā, hāro so sodhano nāma.

14.

Ekattatāya dhammā, yepi ca vemattatāya niddiṭṭhā;

Tena vikappayitabbā, eso hāro adhiṭṭhāno.

15.

Ye dhammā yaṃ dhammaṃ, janayantippaccayā paramparato;

Hetumavakaḍḍhayitvā, eso hāro parikkhāro.

16.

Ye dhammā yaṃ mūlā, ye cekatthā pakāsitā muninā;

Te samaropayitabbā, esa samāropano hāro.

Nayasaṅkhepo

17.

Taṇhañca avijjampi ca, samathena vipassanā yo neti;

Saccehi yojayitvā, ayaṃ nayo nandiyāvaṭṭo.

18.

Yo akusale samūlehi, neti kusale ca kusalamūlehi;

Bhūtaṃ tathaṃ avitathaṃ, tipukkhalaṃ taṃ nayaṃ āhu.

19.

Yo neti vipallāsehi, kilese indriyehi saddhamme;

Etaṃ nayaṃ nayavidū, sīhavikkīḷitaṃ āhu.

20.

Veyyākaraṇesu ¶ hi ye, kusalākusalā tahiṃ tahiṃ vuttā;

Manasā volokayate, taṃ khu disālocanaṃ āhu.

21.

Oloketvā ¶ disalocanena, ukkhipiya yaṃ samāneti;

Sabbe kusalākusale, ayaṃ nayo aṅkuso nāma.

22.

Soḷasa hārā paṭhamaṃ, disalocanato [disalocanena (ka.)] disā viloketvā;

Saṅkhipiya aṅkusena hi, nayehi tīhi niddise suttaṃ.

Dvādasapada

23.

Akkharaṃ padaṃ byañjanaṃ, nirutti tatheva niddeso;

Ākārachaṭṭhavacanaṃ, ettāva byañjanaṃ sabbaṃ.

24.

Saṅkāsanā ¶ pakāsanā, vivaraṇā vibhajanuttānīkammapaññatti;

Etehi chahi padehi, attho kammañca niddiṭṭhaṃ.

25.

Tīṇi ca nayā anūnā, atthassa ca chappadāni gaṇitāni;

Navahi padehi bhagavato, vacanassattho samāyutto.

26.

Atthassa navappadāni, byañjanapariyeṭṭhiyā catubbīsa;

Ubhayaṃ saṅkalayitvā [saṅkhepayato (ka.)], tettiṃsā ettikā nettīti.

Niddesavāro.

4. Paṭiniddesavāro

1. Desanāhāravibhaṅgo

5. Tattha katamo desanāhāro? ‘‘Assādādīnavatā’’ti gāthā ayaṃ desanāhāro. Kiṃ desayati? Assādaṃ ādīnavaṃ nissaraṇaṃ phalaṃ upāyaṃ āṇattiṃ. Dhammaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsessāmīti.

Tattha ¶ ¶ katamo assādo?

‘‘Kāmaṃ [kāmamādikā imā cha gāthā su. ni. 772 passitabbā] kāmayamānassa, tassa cetaṃ samijjhati;

Addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchatī’’ti.

Ayaṃ assādo.

Tattha katamo ādīnavo?

‘‘Tassa ¶ ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno;

Te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppatī’’ti.

Ayaṃ ādīnavo.

Tattha katamaṃ nissaraṇaṃ?

‘‘Yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro;

Somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatī’’ti.

Idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.

Tattha katamo assādo?

‘‘Khettaṃ vatthuṃ hiraññaṃ vā, gavāssaṃ dāsaporisaṃ;

Thiyo bandhū puthū kāme, yo naro anugijjhatī’’ti.

Ayaṃ assādo.

Tattha katamo ādīnavo?

‘‘Abalā naṃ balīyanti, maddante naṃ parissayā;

Tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, nāvaṃ bhinnamivodaka’’nti.

Ayaṃ ādīnavo.

Tattha katamaṃ nissaraṇaṃ?

‘‘Tasmā jantu sadā sato, kāmāni parivajjaye;

Te pahāya tare oghaṃ, nāvaṃ sitvāva pāragū’’ti.

Idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.

Tattha ¶ ¶ katamaṃ phalaṃ?

‘‘Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle;

Esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī’’ti.

Idaṃ phalaṃ.

Tattha katamo upāyo?

‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti…pe…

‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā [passa dha. pa. 277] dukkhā’’ti…pe…

‘‘Sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti, yadā paññāya passati;

Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā’’ti.

Ayaṃ upāyo.

Tattha ¶ katamā āṇatti?

‘‘Cakkhumā [passa udā. 43] visamānīva, vijjamāne parakkame;

Paṇḍito jīvalokasmiṃ, pāpāni parivajjaye’’ti.

Ayaṃ āṇatti.

‘‘‘Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu,

Mogharājā’ti āṇatti, ‘sadā sato’ti upāyo;

‘Attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca [uhacca (ka.) passa su. ni. 1125], evaṃ maccutaro siyā’’’.

Idaṃ phalaṃ.

6. Tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa nissaraṇaṃ desayati, vipañcitaññussa puggalassa ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca desayati, neyyassa puggalassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca desayati.

Tattha catasso paṭipadā, cattāro puggalā. Taṇhācarito mando satindriyena dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya niyyāti satipaṭṭhānehi nissayehi. Taṇhācarito udatto [udattho (sī.) u + ā + dā + ta] samādhindriyena dukkhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya ¶ ¶ niyyāti jhānehi nissayehi. Diṭṭhicarito mando vīriyindriyena sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya niyyāti sammappadhānehi nissayehi. Diṭṭhicarito udatto paññindriyena sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya niyyāti saccehi nissayehi.

Ubho taṇhācaritā samathapubbaṅgamāya vipassanā niyyanti rāgavirāgāya cetovimuttiyā. Ubho diṭṭhicaritā vipassanāpubbaṅgame samathena niyyanti avijjāvirāgāya paññāvimuttiyā.

Tattha ye samathapubbaṅgamāhi paṭipadāhi niyyanti, te nandiyāvaṭṭena nayena hātabbā, ye vipassanāpubbaṅgamāhi paṭipadāhi niyyanti, te sīhavikkīḷitena nayena hātabbā.

7. Svāyaṃ ¶ hāro kattha sambhavati, yassa satthā vā dhammaṃ desayati aññataro vā garuṭṭhānīyo sabrahmacārī, so taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. Tattha yā vīmaṃsā ussāhanā tulanā upaparikkhā, ayaṃ sutamayī paññā. Tathā sutena nissayena yā vīmaṃsā tulanā upaparikkhā manasānupekkhaṇā, ayaṃ cintāmayī paññā. Imāhi dvīhi paññāhi manasikārasampayuttassa yaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati dassanabhūmiyaṃ vā bhāvanābhūmiyaṃ vā, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā.

8. Paratoghosā sutamayī paññā. Paccattasamuṭṭhitā yoniso manasikārā cintāmayī paññā. Yaṃ parato ca ghosena paccattasamuṭṭhitena ca yonisomanasikārena ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā. Yassa imā dve paññā atthi sutamayī cintāmayī ca, ayaṃ ugghaṭitaññū. Yassa sutamayī paññā atthi, cintāmayī natthi, ayaṃ vipañcitaññū [vipaccitaññū (sī.)]. Yassa neva sutamayī paññā atthi na cintāmayī, ayaṃ neyyo.

9. Sāyaṃ dhammadesanā kiṃ desayati? Cattāri saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Ādīnavo ca phalañca dukkhaṃ, assādo samudayo, nissaraṇaṃ nirodho, upāyo āṇatti ca maggo. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Idaṃ dhammacakkaṃ.

Yathāha ¶ bhagavā – ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti me, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ, sabbaṃ dhammacakkaṃ.

Tattha ¶ aparimāṇā padā, aparimāṇā akkharā, aparimāṇā byañjanā, aparimāṇā ākārā neruttā niddesā. Etasseva atthassa saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammaṃ [uttānikammaṃ (ka.)] paññatti, itipidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.

‘‘Ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti me, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ…pe… ¶ ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti me, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.

Tattha aparimāṇā padā, aparimāṇā akkharā, aparimāṇā byañjanā, aparimāṇā ākārā neruttā niddesā. Etasseva atthassa saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammaṃ paññatti itipidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ.

Tattha bhagavā akkharehi saṅkāseti, padehi pakāseti, byañjanehi vivarati, ākārehi vibhajati, niruttīhi uttānīkaroti [uttāniṃ karoti (ka.)], niddesehi paññapeti. Tattha bhagavā akkharehi ca padehi ca ugghaṭeti [ugghāṭeti (sī.)], byañjanehi ca ākārehi ca vipañcayati, niruttīhi ca niddesehi ca vitthāreti. Tattha ugghaṭanā [ugghāṭanā (sī.)] ādi, vipañcanā majjhe, vitthāraṇā pariyosānaṃ. Soyaṃ dhammavinayo ugghaṭīyanto ugghaṭitaññūpuggalaṃ vineti, tena naṃ āhu ‘‘ādikalyāṇo’’ti. Vipañcīyanto vipañcitaññūpuggalaṃ vineti, tena naṃ āhu ‘‘majjhekalyāṇo’’ti. Vitthārīyanto neyyaṃ puggalaṃ vineti, tena naṃ āhu ‘‘pariyosānakalyāṇo’’ti.

10. Tattha ¶ chappadāni attho saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammaṃ paññatti, imāni chappadāni attho. Chappadāni byañjanaṃ akkharaṃ padaṃ byañjanaṃ ākāro nirutti niddeso, imāni chappadāni byañjanaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘dhammaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjana’’nti.

Kevalanti ¶ lokuttaraṃ, na missaṃ lokiyehi dhammehi. Paripuṇṇanti paripūraṃ anūnaṃ anatirekaṃ. Parisuddhanti nimmalaṃ sabbamalāpagataṃ pariyodātaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ sabbavisesānaṃ, idaṃ vuccati ¶ tathāgatapadaṃitipi tathāgatanisevitaṃitipi tathāgatārañjitaṃitipi, atocetaṃ brahmacariyaṃ paññāyati. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsessāmī’’ti.

Kesaṃ ayaṃ dhammadesanā, yogīnaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano –

‘‘Assādādīnavatā, nissaraṇampi ca phalaṃ upāyo ca;

Āṇattī ca bhagavato, yogīnaṃ desanāhāro’’ti.

Niyutto desanāhāro.

2. Vicayahāravibhaṅgo

11. Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? ‘‘Yaṃ pucchitañca vissajjitañcā’’ti gāthā, ayaṃ vicayo hāro.

Kiṃ vicinati? Padaṃ vicinati, pañhaṃ vicinati, visajjanaṃ [vissajjanaṃ (sī. ka.)] vicinati, pubbāparaṃ vicinati, assādaṃ vicinati, ādīnavaṃ vicinati, nissaraṇaṃ vicinati, phalaṃ vicinati, upāyaṃ vicinati, āṇattiṃ vicinati, anugītiṃ vicinati, sabbe nava suttante vicinati. Yathā kiṃ bhave, yathā āyasmā ajito pārāyane bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati –

‘‘Kenassu [passa su. ni. 1038] nivuto loko, [iccāyasmā ajito,]

Kenassu nappakāsati;

Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃ su tassa mahabbhaya’’nti.

Imāni ¶ cattāri padāni pucchitāni, so eko pañho. Kasmā? Ekavatthu pariggahā, evañhi ¶ āha ‘‘kenassu nivuto loko’’ti lokādhiṭṭhānaṃ pucchati, ‘‘kenassu nappakāsatī’’ti lokassa appakāsanaṃ pucchati, ‘‘kissābhilepanaṃ brūsī’’ti lokassa abhilepanaṃ pucchati, ‘‘kiṃsu tassa mahabbhaya’’nti tasseva lokassa mahābhayaṃ pucchati. Loko tividho kilesaloko bhavaloko indriyaloko.

Tattha ¶ visajjanā –

‘‘Avijjāya nivuto loko, [ajitāti bhagavā,]

Vivicchā [vevicchā (su. ni. 1039)] pamādā nappakāsati;

Jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkhamassa mahabbhaya’’nti.

Imāni cattāri padāni imehi catūhi padehi visajjitāni paṭhamaṃ paṭhamena, dutiyaṃ dutiyena, tatiyaṃ tatiyena, catutthaṃ catutthena.

‘‘Kenassu nivuto loko’’ti pañhe ‘‘avijjāya nivuto loko’’ti visajjanā. Nīvaraṇehi nivuto loko, avijjānīvaraṇā hi sabbe sattā. Yathāha bhagavā ‘‘sabbasattānaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbapāṇānaṃ sabbabhūtānaṃ pariyāyato ekameva nīvaraṇaṃ vadāmi yadidaṃ avijjā, avijjānīvaraṇā hi sabbe sattā. Sabbasova, bhikkhave, avijjāya nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā natthi sattānaṃ nīvaraṇanti vadāmī’’ti. Tena ca paṭhamassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.

‘‘Kenassu nappakāsatī’’ti pañhe ‘‘vivicchā pamādā nappakāsatī’’ti visajjanā. Yo puggalo nīvaraṇehi nivuto, so vivicchati. Vivicchā nāma vuccati vicikicchā. So vicikicchanto nābhisaddahati, na abhisaddahanto vīriyaṃ nārabhati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya. So idhappamādamanuyutto viharati pamatto, sukke dhamme na uppādiyati, tassa te anuppādiyamānā nappakāsanti, yathāha bhagavā –

‘‘Dūre ¶ santo pakāsanti [pakāsenti dha. pa. 304], himavantova pabbato;

Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā [ratti khittā (sī.), passa dha. pa. 304] yathā sarā;

Te guṇehi pakāsanti, kittiyā ca yasena cā’’ti.

Tena ¶ ca dutiyassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.

‘‘Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsī’’ti pañhe ‘‘jappābhilepanaṃ brūmī’’ti visajjanā. Jappā nāma vuccati taṇhā. Sā kathaṃ abhilimpati? Yathāha bhagavā –

‘‘Ratto ¶ atthaṃ na jānāti, ratto dhammaṃ na passati;

Andhantamaṃ [andhatamaṃ (ka.)] tadā hoti, yaṃ rāgo sahate nara’’nti.

Sāyaṃ taṇhā āsattibahulassa puggalassa ‘‘evaṃ abhijappā’’ti karitvā tattha loko abhilitto nāma bhavati, tena ca tatiyassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.

‘‘Kiṃ su tassa mahabbhaya’’nti pañhe ‘‘dukkhamassa mahabbhaya’’nti visajjanā. Duvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ – kāyikañca cetasikañca. Yaṃ kāyikaṃ idaṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ cetasikaṃ idaṃ domanassaṃ. Sabbe sattā hi dukkhassa ubbijjanti, natthi bhayaṃ dukkhena samasamaṃ, kuto vā pana tassa uttaritaraṃ? Tisso dukkhatā – dukkhadukkhatā saṅkhāradukkhatā vipariṇāmadukkhatā. Tattha loko odhaso kadāci karahaci dukkhadukkhatāya muccati. Tathā vipariṇāmadukkhatāya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Honti loke appābādhāpi dīghāyukāpi. Saṅkhāradukkhatāya pana loko anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā muccati, tasmā saṅkhāradukkhatā dukkhaṃ lokassāti katvā dukkhamassa mahabbhayanti. Tena ca catutthassa padassa visajjanā yuttā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘avijjāya nivuto loko’’ti.

Savanti sabbadhi sotā, [iccāyasmā ajito,]

Sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ;

Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare [pithīyare (sī.), pidhiyyare (ka.), passa su. ni. 1040].

Imāni cattāri padāni pucchitāni. Te dve pañhā. Kasmā? Imehi batvādhivacanena pucchitā. Evaṃ ¶ samāpannassa lokassa evaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhassa kiṃ lokassa vodānaṃ vuṭṭhānamiti, evañhi āha.

Savanti ¶ sabbadhi sotāti. Asamāhitassa savanti abhijjhābyāpādappamādabahulassa. Tattha yā abhijjhā ayaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ, yo byāpādo ayaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ, yo pamādo ayaṃ moho akusalamūlaṃ. Tassevaṃ asamāhitassa chasu āyatanesu taṇhā savanti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā, yathāha bhagavā –

‘‘Savatī’’ti ca kho, bhikkhave, channetaṃ ajjhattikānaṃ āyatanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Cakkhu savati ¶ manāpikesu rūpesu, amanāpikesu [amanāpiyesu (ka.)] paṭihaññatīti. Sotaṃ…pe… ghānaṃ… jivhā… kāyo… mano savati manāpikesu dhammesu amanāpikesu paṭihaññatīti. Iti sabbā ca savati, sabbathā ca savati. Tenāha ‘‘savanti sabbadhi sotā’’ti.

‘‘Sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇa’’nti pariyuṭṭhānavighātaṃ pucchati, idaṃ vodānaṃ. ‘‘Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare’’ti anusayasamugghātaṃ pucchati, idaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ.

Tattha visajjanā –

‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, [ajitāti bhagavā,]

Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ;

Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti.

Kāyagatāya satiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya cakkhu nāviñchati manāpikesu rūpesu, amanāpikesu na paṭihaññati, sotaṃ…pe… ghānaṃ… jivhā… kāyo… mano nāviñchati manāpikesu dhammesu, amanāpikesu na paṭihaññati. Kena kāraṇena? Saṃvutanivāritattā indriyānaṃ ¶ . Kena te saṃvutanivāritā? Satiārakkhena. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘sati tesaṃ nivāraṇa’’nti.

Paññāya anusayā pahīyanti, anusayesu pahīnesu pariyuṭṭhānā pahīyanti. Kissa [tassa (sī.)], anusayassa pahīnattā? Taṃ yathā khandhavantassa rukkhassa anavasesamūluddharaṇe kate pupphaphalapallavaṅkurasantati samucchinnā bhavati. Evaṃ ¶ anusayesu pahīnesu pariyuṭṭhānasantati samucchinnā bhavati pidahitā paṭicchannā. Kena? Paññāya. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti.

‘‘Paññā ceva sati ca, [iccāyasmā ajito,]

Nāmarūpañca mārisa;

Etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.

‘‘Yametaṃ ¶ pañhaṃ apucchi [maṃ pucchi (ka.), passa su. ni. 1043], ajita taṃ vadāmi te;

Yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati;

Viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.

Ayaṃ pañhe [pañho (sī. ka.) nettivibhāvanī passitabbā] anusandhiṃ pucchati. Anusandhiṃ pucchanto kiṃ pucchati? Anupādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ. Tīṇi ca saccāni saṅkhatāni nirodhadhammāni dukkhaṃ samudayo maggo, nirodho asaṅkhato. Tattha samudayo dvīsu bhūmīsu pahīyati dassanabhūmiyā ca bhāvanābhūmiyā ca. Dassanena tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīyanti sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso, bhāvanāya satta saṃyojanāni pahīyanti kāmacchando byāpādo rūparāgo arūparāgo māno uddhaccaṃ avijjāvasesā [avijjā ca niravasesā (sī. ka.)]. Tedhātuke imāni dasa saṃyojanāni pañcorambhāgiyāni pañcuddhambhāgiyāni.

12. Tattha ¶ tīṇi saṃyojanāni sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nirujjhanti. Satta saṃyojanāni kāmacchando byāpādo rūparāgo arūparāgo māno uddhaccaṃ avijjāvasesā aññindriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nirujjhanti. Yaṃ pana evaṃ jānāti ‘‘khīṇā me jātī’’ti, idaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti pajānāti, idaṃ anuppāde ñāṇaṃ. Imāni dve ñāṇāni aññātāvindriyaṃ. Tattha yañca anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ yañca aññindriyaṃ, imāni aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇantassa nirujjhanti, tattha yañca khaye ñāṇaṃ yañca anuppāde ñāṇaṃ, imāni dve ñāṇāni ekapaññā.

Api ca ārammaṇasaṅketena dve nāmāni labbhanti, ‘‘khīṇā me jātī’’ti pajānantassa khaye ñāṇanti nāmaṃ labhati, ‘‘nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti pajānantassa ¶ anuppāde ñāṇanti nāmaṃ labhati. Sā pajānanaṭṭhena paññā, yathādiṭṭhaṃ apilāpanaṭṭhena sati.

13. Tattha ye pañcupādānakkhandhā, idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Tattha ye phassapañcamakā dhammā, idaṃ nāmaṃ. Yāni pañcindriyāni rūpāni, idaṃ rūpaṃ. Tadubhayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasampayuttaṃ tassa nirodhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchanto āyasmā ajito pārāyane evamāha –

‘‘Paññā ¶ ceva sati ca, nāmarūpañca mārisa;

Etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.

Tattha sati ca paññā ca cattāri indriyāni, sati dve indriyāni satindriyañca samādhindriyañca, paññā dve indriyāni paññindriyañca vīriyindriyañca. Yā imesu catūsu indriyesu saddahanā okappanā, idaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Tattha yā saddhādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ chandasamādhi. Samāhite citte kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanatāya paṭisaṅkhānabalena vā bhāvanābalena vā, idaṃ pahānaṃ. Tattha ¶ ye assāsapassāsā vitakkavicārā saññāvedayitā sarasaṅkappā, ime saṅkhārā. Iti purimako ca chandasamādhi, kilesavikkhambhanatāya ca pahānaṃ ime ca saṅkhārā, tadubhayaṃ chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Tattha yā vīriyādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ vīriyasamādhi…pe… tattha yā cittādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ cittasamādhi…pe… tattha yā vīmaṃsādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhi. Samāhite citte kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanatāya paṭisaṅkhānabalena vā bhāvanābalena vā, idaṃ pahānaṃ. Tattha ye assāsapassāsā vitakkavicārā saññāvedayitā sarasaṅkappā, ime saṅkhārā. Iti purimako ca vīmaṃsāsamādhi, kilesavikkhambhanatāya ca pahānaṃ ime ca saṅkhārā, tadubhayaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.

14. Sabbo samādhi ñāṇamūlako ñāṇapubbaṅgamo ñāṇānuparivatti.

Yathā pure tathā pacchā, yathā pacchā tathā pure;

Yathā divā tathā rattiṃ [ratti (ka.) ayaṃ gāthā theragā. 397 dissati], yathā rattiṃ tathā divā.

Iti ¶ vivaṭena cetasā apariyonaddhena sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ bhāveti. Pañcindriyāni kusalāni cittasahabhūni citte uppajjamāne uppajjanti, citte nirujjhamāne nirujjhanti. Nāmarūpañca viññāṇahetukaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nibbattaṃ, tassa maggena hetu upacchinno, viññāṇaṃ anāhāraṃ anabhinanditaṃ appaṭisandhikaṃ taṃ nirujjhati. Nāmarūpamapi ahetu appaccayaṃ punabbhavaṃ na nibbattayati [nibbattiyati (ka.)]. Evaṃ ¶ viññāṇassa nirodhā paññā ca sati ca nāmarūpañca nirujjhati. Tenāha bhagavā –

‘‘Yametaṃ ¶ pañhaṃ apucchi, ajita taṃ vadāmi te;

Yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati;

Viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.

‘‘Ye ca [ayaṃ gāthā su. ni. 1044 aññathā dissati] saṅkhātadhammāse, [iccāyasmā ajito]

Ye ca sekkhā puthū idha;

Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti.

15. Imāni tīṇi padāni pucchitāni, te tayo pañhā. Kissa? Sekhāsekhavipassanāpubbaṅgamappahānayogena, evañhi āha. ‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse’’ti arahattaṃ pucchati, ‘‘ye ca sekhā puthū idhā’’ti sekhaṃ pucchati, ‘‘tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṃ pahānaṃ pucchati.

Tattha visajjanā –

‘‘Kāmesu nābhigijjheyya, [ajitāti bhagavā]

Manasānāvilo siyā;

Kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.

Bhagavato sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ manokammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti. Atīte aṃse appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ, anāgate aṃse appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ, paccuppanne aṃse appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ.

Ko ¶ ca ñāṇadassanassa paṭighāto? Yaṃ ¶ anicce dukkhe anattani ca aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ, ayaṃ ñāṇadassanassa paṭighāto. Yathā idha puriso tārakarūpāni passeyya, no ca gaṇanasaṅketena jāneyya, ayaṃ ñāṇadassanassa paṭighāto.

Bhagavato pana appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ, anāvaraṇañāṇadassanā hi buddhā bhagavanto. Tattha sekhena dvīsu dhammesu cittaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ gedhā ca rajanīyesu dhammesu, dosā ca pariyuṭṭhānīyesu. Tattha ¶ yā icchā mucchā patthanā piyāyanā kīḷanā, taṃ bhagavā nivārento evamāha ‘‘kāmesu nābhigijjheyyā’’ti.

‘‘Manasānāvilo siyā’’ti pariyuṭṭhānavighātaṃ āha. Tathā hi sekho abhigijjhanto asamuppannañca kilesaṃ uppādeti, uppannañca kilesaṃ phātiṃ karoti. Yo pana anāvilasaṅkappo anabhigijjhanto vāyamati, so anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. So uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. So anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. So uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.

16. Katame [katame ca (aṭṭha.)] anuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā? Kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko, ime anuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā. Katame uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā? Anusayā akusalamūlāni, ime uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā. Katame anuppannā kusalā dhammā? Yāni sotāpannassa indriyāni, ime anuppannā kusalā dhammā. Katame ¶ uppannā kusalā dhammā? Yāni aṭṭhamakassa indriyāni, ime uppannā kusalā dhammā.

Yena kāmavitakkaṃ vāreti, idaṃ satindriyaṃ. Yena byāpādavitakkaṃ vāreti, idaṃ samādhindriyaṃ. Yena vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ vāreti, idaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ.

Yena ¶ uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti nādhivāseti, idaṃ paññindriyaṃ. Yā imesu catūsu indriyesu saddahanā okappanā, idaṃ saddhindriyaṃ.

Tattha saddhindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu. Vīriyindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu sammappadhānesu. Satindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu. Samādhindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu jhānesu. Paññindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu ariyasaccesu. Evaṃ sekho sabbehi ¶ kusalehi dhammehi appamatto vutto bhagavatā anāvilatāya manasā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘manasānāvilosiyā’’ti.

17. ‘‘Kusalo sabbadhammāna’’nti loko nāma tividho kilesaloko bhavaloko indriyaloko. Tattha kilesalokena bhavaloko samudāgacchati, so indriyāni nibbatteti, indriyesu bhāviyamānesu neyyassa pariññā bhavati. Sā duvidhena upaparikkhitabbā dassanapariññāya ca bhāvanāpariññāya ca. Yadā hi sekho ñeyyaṃ parijānāti, tadā nibbidāsahagatehi saññāmanasikārehi neyyaṃ pariññātaṃ bhavati. Tassa dve dhammā kosallaṃ gacchanti – dassanakosallañca bhāvanākosallañca.

Taṃ ñāṇaṃ pañcavidhena veditabbaṃः abhiññā pariññā pahānaṃ bhāvanā sacchikiriyā. Tattha ¶ katamā abhiññā? Yaṃ dhammānaṃ salakkhaṇe ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā ca atthapaṭisambhidā ca, ayaṃ abhiññā.

Tattha katamā pariññā? Evaṃ abhijānitvā yā parijānanā ‘‘idaṃ kusalaṃ, idaṃ akusalaṃ, idaṃ sāvajjaṃ, idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ kaṇhaṃ, idaṃ sukkaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, ime dhammā evaṃgahitā, idaṃ phalaṃ nibbattenti [nibbattāpenti (ka.)], tesaṃ evaṃgahitānaṃ ayaṃ attho’’ti, ayaṃ pariññā.

Evaṃ parijānitvā tayo dhammā avasiṭṭhā bhavanti pahātabbā bhāvetabbā sacchikātabbā ca. Tattha katame dhammā pahātabbā? Ye akusalā. Tattha katame dhammā bhāvetabbā? Ye kusalā. Tattha katame dhammā sacchikātabbā? Yaṃ asaṅkhataṃ. Yo evaṃ jānāti ayaṃ vuccati atthakusalo dhammakusalo ¶ kalyāṇatākusalo phalatākusalo, āyakusalo apāyakusalo upāyakusalo mahatā kosallena samannāgatoti, tenāha bhagavā ‘‘kusalo sabbadhammāna’’nti.

‘‘Sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti tena diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthaṃ abhikkante paṭikkante ālokite vilokite samiñjite [sammiñjite (sī.)] pasārite saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe asite pīte khāyite sāyite uccārapassāvakamme gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhibhāve satena sampajānena vihātabbaṃ. Imā dve cariyā anuññātā bhagavatā ekā visuddhānaṃ, ekā visujjhantānaṃ. Ke visuddhā? Arahanto. Ke visujjhantā? Sekkhā. Katakiccāni hi arahato ¶ indriyāni. Yaṃ bojjhaṃ, taṃ catubbidhaṃ dukkhassa pariññābhisamayena samudayassa pahānābhisamayena maggassa bhāvanābhisamayena nirodhassa sacchikiriyābhisamayena, idaṃ catubbidhaṃ bojjhaṃ yo evaṃ jānāti, ayaṃ vuccati ¶ sato abhikkamati sato paṭikkamati khayā rāgassa khayā dosassa khayā mohassa. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti, tenāha –

‘‘Kāmesu nābhigijjheyya, [ajitāti bhagavā]

Manasānāvilo siyā;

Kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.

Evaṃ pucchitabbaṃ, evaṃ visajjitabbaṃ. Suttassa ca anugīti atthato ca byañjanato ca samānetabbā [samānayitabbā (sī. ka.)]. Atthāpagataṃ hi byañjanaṃ samphappalāpaṃ bhavati. Dunnikkhittassa padabyañjanassa atthopi dunnayo bhavati, tasmā atthabyañjanūpetaṃ saṅgāyitabbaṃ. Suttañca pavicinitabbaṃ. Kiṃ idaṃ suttaṃ āhacca vacanaṃ anusandhivacanaṃ nītatthaṃ neyyatthaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ? Kuhiṃ imassa suttassa sabbāni saccāni passitabbāni, ādimajjhapariyosāneti? Evaṃ suttaṃ pavicetabbaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano – ‘‘yaṃ pucchitañca vissajjitañca, suttassa yā ca anugītī’’ti.

Niyutto vicayo hāro.

3. Yuttihāravibhaṅgo

18. Tattha ¶ katamo yuttihāro? ‘‘Sabbesaṃ hārāna’’nti, ayaṃ yuttihāro. Kiṃ yojayati [yojeti (sī.)]? Cattāro mahāpadesā buddhāpadeso saṅghāpadeso sambahulattherāpadeso [sampahula… (ka.)] ekattherāpadeso. Ime cattāro mahāpadesā, tāni padabyañjanāni sutte otārayitabbāni, vinaye sandassayitabbāni, dhammatāyaṃ upanikkhipitabbāni.

Katamasmiṃ ¶ sutte otārayitabbāni? Catūsu ariyasaccesu. Katamasmiṃ vinaye sandassayitabbāni? Rāgavinaye dosavinaye mohavinaye. Katamissaṃ [katamiyaṃ (sī.)] dhammatāyaṃ upanikkhipitabbāni? Paṭiccasamuppāde. Yadi catūsu ariyasaccesu avatarati, kilesavinaye sandissati ¶ , dhammatañca na vilometi, evaṃ āsave na janeti. Catūhi mahāpadesehi yaṃ yaṃ yujjati, yena yena yujjati, yathā yathā yujjati, taṃ taṃ gahetabbaṃ.

19. Pañhaṃ pucchitena kati padāni pañheti padaso pariyogāhitabbaṃ vicetabbaṃ? Yadi sabbāni padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho. Atha cattāri padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho. Atha tīṇi padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho. Atha dve padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho. Atha ekaṃ padaṃ ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadati, eko pañho. Taṃ upaparikkhamānena aññātabbaṃ kiṃ ime dhammā nānatthā nānābyañjanā, udāhu imesaṃ dhammānaṃ eko attho byañjanameva nānanti. Yathā kiṃ bhave? Yathā sā devatā bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati.

‘‘Kenassubbhāhato [passa sa. ni. 1.66] loko, kenassu parivārito;

Kena sallena otiṇṇo, kissa dhūpāyito sadā’’ti.

Imāni cattāri padāni pucchitāni. Te tayo pañhā kathaṃ ñāyati? Bhagavā hi devatāya visajjeti.

‘‘Maccunābbhāhato [maccunabbhāhato (ka.) theragā. 448; saṃ. ni. 1.66 passitabbaṃ] loko, jarāya parivārito;

Taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, icchādhūpāyito sadā’’ti.

20. Tattha ¶ jarā ca maraṇañca imāni dve saṅkhatassa saṅkhatalakkhaṇāni. Jarāyaṃ ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ, maraṇaṃ vayo. Tattha jarāya ca maraṇassa ca atthato nānattaṃ. Kena kāraṇena, gabbhagatāpi ¶ hi mīyanti, na ca te jiṇṇā bhavanti. Atthi ca devānaṃ maraṇaṃ, na ca tesaṃ sarīrāni jīranti. Sakkateva jarāya paṭikammaṃ kātuṃ, na pana sakkate maraṇassa paṭikammaṃ kātuṃ aññatreva iddhimantānaṃ iddhivisayā. Yaṃ panāha taṇhāsallena otiṇṇoti dissanti vītarāgā jīrantāpi mīyantāpi. Yadi ca yathā jarāmaraṇaṃ, evaṃ taṇhāpi siyā. Evaṃ sante sabbe yobbanaṭṭhāpi vigatataṇhā siyuṃ. Yathā ca taṇhā dukkhassa samudayo, evaṃ jarāmaraṇampi siyā dukkhassa samudayo, na ca siyā taṇhā dukkhassa samudayo, na hi jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhassa samudayo, taṇhā dukkhassa samudayo. Yathā ca taṇhā maggavajjhā, evaṃ jarāmaraṇampi ¶ siyā maggavajjhaṃ. Imāya yuttiyā aññamaññehi kāraṇehi gavesitabbaṃ. Yadi ca sandissati yuttisamārūḷhaṃ atthato ca aññattaṃ, byañjanatopi gavesitabbaṃ.

Salloti vā dhūpāyananti vā imesaṃ dhammānaṃ atthato ekattaṃ. Na hi yujjati icchāya ca taṇhāya ca atthato aññattaṃ. Taṇhāya adhippāye aparipūramāne navasu āghātavatthūsu kodho ca upanāho ca uppajjati. Imāya yuttiyā jarāya ca maraṇassa ca taṇhāya ca atthato aññattaṃ.

Yaṃ panidaṃ bhagavatā dvīhi nāmehi abhilapitaṃ icchātipi taṇhātipi, idaṃ bhagavatā bāhirānaṃ vatthūnaṃ ārammaṇavasena dvīhi nāmehi abhilapitaṃ icchātipi taṇhātipi, sabbā hi taṇhā ajjhosānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā. Yathā sabbo aggi uṇhattalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇo, api ca upādānavasena aññamaññāni nāmāni labhati, kaṭṭhaggītipi tiṇaggītipi sakalikaggītipi gomayaggītipi thusaggītipi saṅkāraggītipi, sabbo hi aggi uṇhattalakkhaṇova. Evaṃ sabbā taṇhā ajjhosānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā ¶ , api tu ārammaṇaupādānavasena aññamaññehi nāmehi abhilapitā icchāitipi taṇhāitipi salloitipi dhūpāyanāitipi saritāitipi visattikāitipi sinehoitipi kilamathoitipi latāitipi maññanāitipi bandhoitipi āsāitipi pipāsāitipi abhinandanāitipi, iti sabbā taṇhā ajjhosānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā. Yathā ca vevacane vuttā.

‘‘Āsā ¶ ca pihā abhinandanā ca, anekadhātūsu sarā patiṭṭhitā;

Aññāṇamūlappabhavā pajappitā, sabbā mayā byantikatā samūlakā’’ti [samūlikā (sī.)].

Taṇhāyetaṃ vevacanaṃ. Yathāha bhagavā – rūpe tissa avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa. Evaṃ vedanāya saññāya saṅkhāresu viññāṇe avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa sabbaṃ suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Taṇhāyetaṃ vevacanaṃ. Evaṃ yujjati.

21. Sabbo dukkhūpacāro kāmataṇhāsaṅkhāramūlako, na pana yujjati sabbo nibbidūpacāro kāmataṇhāparikkhāramūlako. Imāya yuttiyā aññamaññehi kāraṇehi gavesitabbaṃ.

Yathā ¶ hi [yathāha (sī.)] bhagavā rāgacaritassa puggalassa asubhaṃ desayati, dosacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa mettaṃ desayati. Mohacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa paṭiccasamuppādaṃ desayati. Yadi hi bhagavā rāgacaritassa puggalassa mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ deseyya. Sukhaṃ vā paṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ sukhaṃ vā paṭipadaṃ khippābhiññaṃ vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṃ vā pahānaṃ deseyya, na yujjati desanā. Evaṃ yaṃ kiñci rāgassa anulomappahānaṃ dosassa anulomappahānaṃ mohassa ¶ anulomappahānaṃ. Sabbaṃ taṃ vicayena hārena vicinitvā yuttihārena yojetabbaṃ. Yāvatikā ñāṇassa bhūmi.

Mettāvihārissa sato byāpādo cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, byāpādo pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Karuṇāvihārissa sato vihesā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, vihesā pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Muditā vihārissa sato arati cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, arati pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Upekkhāvihārissa sato rāgo cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, rāgo pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Animittavihārissa sato nimittānusārī tena teneva viññāṇaṃ pavattatīti na yujjati desanā ¶ , nimittaṃ pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Asmīti vigataṃ ayamahamasmīti na samanupassāmi. Atha ca pana me kismīti kathasmīti vicikicchā kathaṃkathāsallaṃ cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, vicikicchā kathaṃkathāsallaṃ pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā.

Yathā vā pana paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato kāmarāgabyāpādā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Vitakkasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato vitakkavicārasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Upekkhāsukhasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Tatiyaṃ ¶ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato pītisukhasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā, upekkhāsatipārisuddhisahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā ¶ . Ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.

Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.

Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ ¶ samāpannassa sato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato saññūpacārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Saññāvedayitanirodhasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Kallatāparicitaṃ cittaṃ na ca abhinīhāraṃ khamatīti na yujjati desanā, kallatāparicitaṃ cittaṃ atha ca abhinīhāraṃ khamatīti yujjati desanā.

Evaṃ sabbe navasuttantā yathādhammaṃ yathāvinayaṃ yathāsatthusāsanaṃ ¶ sabbato vicayena hārena vicinitvā yuttihārena yojetabbāti. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘sabbesaṃ hārānaṃ yā bhūmi yo ca gocaro tesa’’nti.

Niyutto yutti hāro.

4. Padaṭṭhānahāravibhaṅgo

22. Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? ‘‘Dhammaṃ deseti jino’’ti, ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno hāro. Kiṃ ¶ deseti? Sabbadhammayāthāvaasampaṭivedhalakkhaṇā avijjā, tassā vipallāsā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ajjhosānalakkhaṇā taṇhā, tassā piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Patthanalakkhaṇo lobho, tassa adinnādānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vaṇṇasaṇṭhānabyañjanaggahaṇalakkhaṇā subhasaññā, tassā indriyā saṃvaro padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sāsavaphassaupagamanalakkhaṇā sukhasaññā, tassā assādo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅkhatalakkhaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ asamanupassanalakkhaṇā niccasaññā, tassā viññāṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Aniccasaññādukkhasaññāasamanupassanalakkhaṇā attasaññā, tassā nāmakāyo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbadhammasampaṭivedhalakkhaṇā vijjā, tassā sabbaṃ neyyaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cittavikkhepapaṭisaṃharaṇalakkhaṇo samatho, tassa asubhā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Icchāvacarapaṭisaṃharaṇalakkhaṇo alobho, tassa adinnādānā veramaṇī [veramaṇi (ka.)] padaṭṭhānaṃ. Abyāpajjalakkhaṇo ¶ adoso, tassa pāṇātipātā veramaṇī padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vatthuavippaṭipattilakkhaṇo [vatthuavippaṭipādānalakkhaṇo (sī. ka.)] amoho, tassa sammāpaṭipatti padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vinīlakavipubbakagahaṇalakkhaṇā asubhasaññā, tassā nibbidā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sāsavaphassaparijānanalakkhaṇā dukkhasaññā, tassā vedanā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅkhatalakkhaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ samanupassanalakkhaṇā aniccasaññā ¶ , tassā uppādavayā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbadhammaabhinivesalakkhaṇā anattasaññā, tassā dhammasaññā padaṭṭhānaṃ.

Pañca kāmaguṇā kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, pañcindriyāni rūpīni rūparāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, chaṭṭhāyatanaṃ bhavarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, nibbattabhavānupassitā pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Okappanalakkhaṇā saddhā adhimuttipaccupaṭṭhānā ca, anāvilalakkhaṇo pasādo sampasīdanapaccupaṭṭhāno ca. Abhipatthiyanalakkhaṇā saddhā, tassā aveccapasādo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Anāvilalakkhaṇo pasādo, tassa saddhā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ārambhalakkhaṇaṃ vīriyaṃ, tassa sammappadhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Apilāpanalakkhaṇā sati, tassā satipaṭṭhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ekaggalakkhaṇo samādhi, tassa jhānāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pajānanalakkhaṇā paññā, tassā saccāni padaṭṭhānaṃ.

Aparo nayo, assādamanasikāralakkhaṇo ayonisomanasikāro, tassa avijjā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saccasammohanalakkhaṇā avijjā, sā saṅkhārānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Punabbhavavirohaṇalakkhaṇā saṅkhārā, te [taṃ (ka.)] viññāṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Opapaccayikanibbattilakkhaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ, taṃ nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmakāyarūpakāyasaṅghātalakkhaṇaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, taṃ chaḷāyatanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Indriyavavatthānalakkhaṇaṃ chaḷāyatanaṃ, taṃ phassassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cakkhurūpaviññāṇasannipātalakkhaṇo phasso, so vedanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Iṭṭhāniṭṭhaanubhavanalakkhaṇā vedanā, sā taṇhāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ajjhosānalakkhaṇā ¶ taṇhā, sā upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Opapaccayikaṃ upādānaṃ, taṃ bhavassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmakāyarūpakāyasambhavanalakkhaṇo bhavo, so jātiyā ¶ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Khandhapātubhavanalakkhaṇā jāti, sā jarāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Upadhiparipākalakkhaṇā jarā, sā maraṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Jīvitindriyupacchedalakkhaṇaṃ maraṇaṃ, taṃ sokassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ussukkakārako soko, so paridevassa padaṭṭhānaṃ ¶ . Lālappakārako paridevo, so dukkhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāyasaṃpīḷanaṃ dukkhaṃ, taṃ domanassassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cittasaṃpīḷanaṃ domanassaṃ, taṃ upāyāsassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Odahanakārako upāyāso, so bhavassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Imāni bhavaṅgāni yadā samaggāni nibbattāni bhavanti so bhavo, taṃ saṃsārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Niyyānikalakkhaṇo maggo, so nirodhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.

Titthaññutā pītaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pītaññutā pattaññutāya [mattaññutāya (sī. ka.)] padaṭṭhānaṃ, pattaññutā attaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, attaññutā pubbekatapuññatāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pubbekatapuññatā patirūpadesavāsassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, patirūpadesavāso sappurisūpanissayassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo attasammāpaṇidhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ sīlānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sīlāni avippaṭisārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, avippaṭisāro pāmojjassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, pāmojjaṃ pītiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, pīti passaddhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, passaddhi sukhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sukhaṃ samādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ, samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, nibbidā virāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, virāgo vimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Evaṃ yo koci upanissayo yo koci paccayo, sabbo so padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘dhammaṃ deseti jino’’ti.

Niyutto padaṭṭhāno hāro.

5. Lakkhaṇahāravibhaṅgo

23. Tattha ¶ katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? ‘‘Vuttamhi ekadhamme’’ti, ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro. Kiṃ lakkhayati? Ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ekasmiṃ dhamme vutte avasiṭṭhā dhammā vuttā bhavanti. Yathā kiṃ bhave? Yathāha bhagavā –

‘‘Cakkhuṃ ¶ , bhikkhave, anavaṭṭhitaṃ ittaraṃ parittaṃ pabhaṅgu parato dukkhaṃ byasanaṃ calanaṃ [calaṃ (sī.)] kukkuḷaṃ saṅkhāraṃ [sasaṅkhāraṃ (ka.)] vadhakaṃ amittamajjhe. Imasmiṃ cakkhusmiṃ vutte avasiṭṭhāni ajjhattikāni āyatanāni vuttāni bhavanti. Kena kāraṇena? Sabbāni hi cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni vadhakaṭṭhena ekalakkhaṇāni. Yathā cāha bhagavā –

‘‘Atīte ¶ , rādha, rūpe anapekkho hohi, anāgataṃ rūpaṃ mā abhinandi [abhinanda (ka.)], paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya cāgāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipajja. Imasmiṃ rūpakkhandhe vutte avasiṭṭhā khandhā vuttā bhavanti. Kena kāraṇena? Sabbe hi pañcakkhandhā yamakovādasutte [passa saṃ. ni. 3.84] vadhakaṭṭhena ekalakkhaṇā vuttā. Yathā cāha bhagavā –

‘‘Yesañca [passa dha. pa. 293] susamāraddhā, niccaṃ kāyagatāsati;

Akiccaṃ te na sevanti, kicce sātaccakārino’’.

Iti kāyagatāya satiyā vuttāya vuttā bhavanti vedanāgatā sati cittagatā dhammagatā ca. Tathā yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā mutaṃ vāti vutte vuttaṃ bhavati viññātaṃ. Yathā cāha bhagavā –

Tasmātiha ¶ tvaṃ bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharāhi ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. ‘‘Ātāpī’’ti vīriyindriyaṃ, ‘‘sampajāno’’ti paññindriyaṃ, ‘‘satimā’’ti satindriyaṃ, ‘‘vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa’’nti samādhindriyaṃ, evaṃ kāye kāyānupassino viharato cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Kena kāraṇena, ekalakkhaṇattā catunnaṃ indriyānaṃ.

24. Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, catūsu sammappadhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro iddhipādā bhāviyamānesu pañcindriyāni bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, catūsu iddhipādesu bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, pañcasu indriyesu bhāviyamānesu pañca balāni bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, pañcasu balesu bhāviyamānesu satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, sattasu bojjhaṅgesu bhāviyamānesu ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati, sabbeva [sabbe ca (sī. ka.)] bodhaṅgamā dhammā bodhipakkhiyā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti ¶ . Kena kāraṇena, sabbe hi bodhaṅgamā bodhipakkhiyā neyyānikalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā, te ekalakkhaṇattā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.

Evaṃ akusalāpi dhammā ekalakkhaṇattā pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu bhāviyamānesu vipallāsā pahīyanti, āhārā ¶ cassa pariññaṃ gacchanti, upādānehi anupādāno bhavati, yogehi ca visaṃyutto bhavati, ganthehi ca vippayutto bhavati, āsavehi ca anāsavo bhavati, oghehi ca nitthiṇṇo bhavati, sallehi ca visallo bhavati, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo cassa pariññaṃ gacchanti, agatigamanehi na agatiṃ gacchati, evaṃ ¶ akusalāpi dhammā ekalakkhaṇattā pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.

Yattha vā pana rūpindriyaṃ desitaṃ, desitā tattheva rūpadhātu rūpakkhandho rūpañcāyatanaṃ. Yattha vā pana sukhā vedanā desitā, desitaṃ tattha sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ dukkhasamudayo ca ariyasaccaṃ. Yattha vā pana dukkhā vedanā desitā, desitaṃ tattha dukkhindriyaṃ domanassindriyaṃ dukkhañca ariyasaccaṃ. Yattha vā pana adukkhamasukhā vedanā desitā, desitaṃ tattha upekkhindriyaṃ sabbo ca paṭiccasamuppādo. Kena kāraṇena, adukkhamasukhāya hi vedanāya avijjā anuseti. Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. So ca sarāgasadosasamohasaṃkilesapakkhena hātabbo, vītarāgavītadosavītamohaariyadhammehi hātabbo.

Evaṃ ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā kiccato ca lakkhaṇato ca sāmaññato ca cutūpapātato ca, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ekasmiṃ dhamme vutte avasiṭṭhā dhammā vuttā bhavanti. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘vuttamhi ekadhamme’’ti.

Niyutto lakkhaṇo hāro.

6. Catubyūhahāravibhaṅgo

25. Tattha ¶ katamo catubyūho hāro? ‘‘Neruttamadhippāyo’’ti ayaṃ. Byañjanena suttassa neruttañca adhippāyo ca nidānañca pubbāparasandhi ca gavesitabbo ¶ . Tattha ¶ katamaṃ neruttaṃ, yā niruttipadasaṃhitā, yaṃ dhammānaṃ nāmaso ñāṇaṃ. Yadā hi bhikkhu atthassa ca nāmaṃ jānāti, dhammassa ca nāmaṃ jānāti, tathā tathā naṃ abhiniropeti. Ayañca vuccati atthakusalo dhammakusalo byañjanakusalo niruttikusalo pubbāparakusalo desanākusalo atītādhivacanakusalo anāgatādhivacanakusalo paccuppannādhivacanakusalo itthādhivacanakusalo purisādhivacanakusalo napuṃsakādhivacanakusalo ekādhivacanakusalo anekādhivacanakusalo, evaṃ sabbāni kātabbāni janapadaniruttāni sabbā ca janapadaniruttiyo. Ayaṃ niruttipadasaṃhitā.

26. Tattha katamo adhippāyo?

‘‘Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle [viya vassakāle jā. 1.10.103];

Esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī’’ti.

Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye apāyehi parimuccitukāmā bhavissanti, te dhammacārino bhavissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.

‘‘Coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, sakammunā haññati [haññate (sī.)] bajjhate ca;

Evaṃ ayaṃ pecca pajā parattha, sakammunā haññati [haññate (sī.)] bajjhate cā’’ti.

Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Sañcetanikānaṃ katānaṃ kammānaṃ upacitānaṃ dukkhavedanīyānaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ asātaṃ vipākaṃ paccanubhavissatīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.

‘‘Sukhakāmāni [passa dha. pa. 131-132] bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati;

Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukha’’nti.

Idha ¶ bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sukhena atthikā bhavissanti, te pāpakammaṃ [pāpakaṃ kammaṃ (ka.)] na karissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.

‘‘Middhī ¶ ¶ [passa dha. pa. 325] yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, niddāyitā samparivattasāyī;

Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, punappunaṃ gabbhamupeti mando’’ti.

Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye jarāmaraṇena aṭṭiyitukāmā bhavissanti, te bhavissanti bhojane mattaññuno indriyesu guttadvārā pubbarattāpararattaṃ jāgariyānuyogamanuyuttā vipassakā kusalesu dhammesu sagāravā ca sabrahmacārīsu theresu navesu majjhimesūti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.

‘‘Appamādo amatapadaṃ [amataṃ padaṃ (ka.) passa dha. pa. 21], pamādo maccuno padaṃ;

Appamattā na mīyanti, ye pamattā yathā matā’’ti.

Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye amatapariyesanaṃ pariyesitukāmā bhavissanti, te appamattā viharissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ayaṃ adhippāyo.

27. Tattha katamaṃ nidānaṃ? Yathā so dhaniyo gopālako bhagavantaṃ āha –

‘‘Nandati puttehi puttimā, gomā [gomiko (sī.), gopiko (ka.) su. ni. 33; saṃ. ni. 1.144 passitabbaṃ] gohi tatheva nandati;

Upadhī hi narassa nandanā, na hi so nandati yo nirūpadhī’’ti.

Bhagavā āha –

‘‘Socati puttehi puttimā, gopiko [gomiko (sī.)] gohi tatheva socati;

Upadhī hi narassa socanā, na hi so socati yo nirūpadhī’’ti.

Iminā ¶ vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā bāhiraṃ pariggahaṃ upadhi āhā’’ti. Yathā ca māro pāpimā gijjhakūṭā pabbatā puthusilaṃ pātesi, bhagavā āha –

‘‘Sacepi ¶ ¶ kevalaṃ sabbaṃ, gijjhakūṭaṃ calessasi [caleyyāsi (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.147];

Neva sammāvimuttānaṃ, buddhānaṃ atthi iñjitaṃ.

Nabhaṃ phaleyyappathavī caleyya, sabbeva pāṇā uda santaseyyuṃ;

Sallampi ce urasi kampayeyyuṃ [pakampayeyyuṃ (sī.), kappayeyyuṃ (ka.)], upadhīsu tāṇaṃ na karonti buddhā’’ti.

Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā kāyaṃ upadhiṃ āhā’’ti. Yathā cāha –

‘‘Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, yadāyasaṃ dārujapabbajañca [dārujaṃ babbajañca (sī.) passa dha. pa. 345];

Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā’’ti.

Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā bāhiresu vatthūsu taṇhaṃ āhā’’ti. Yathā cāha –

‘‘Etaṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ;

Etampi chetvāna paribbajanti, anapekkhino kāmasukhaṃ pahāyā’’ti.

Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā bāhiravatthukāya taṇhāya pahānaṃ āhā’’ti. Yathā cāha –

‘‘Āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, duggandhaṃ dehanissitaṃ;

Paggharantaṃ divā rattiṃ, bālānaṃ abhinandita’’nti.

Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā ajjhattikavatthukāya taṇhāya pahānaṃ āhā’’ti. Yathā cāha –

‘‘Ucchinda ¶ ¶ [passa dha. pa. 285] sinehamattano, kumudaṃ sāradikaṃva pāṇinā;

Santimaggameva brūhaya, nibbānaṃ sugatena desita’’nti.

Iminā ¶ vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā ajjhattikavatthukāya taṇhāya pahānaṃ āhā’’ti. Idaṃ nidānaṃ.

Tattha katamo pubbāparasandhi. Yathāha –

‘‘Kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditā;

Pamattabandhanā [pamattabandhunā udā. 64] baddhā [bandhā (ka.) passa udā. 64], macchāva kumināmukhe;

Jarāmaraṇamanventi, vaccho khīrapakova mātara’’nti.

Ayaṃ kāmataṇhā vuttā. Sā katamena pubbāparena yujjati? Yathāha –

‘‘Ratto atthaṃ na jānāti, ratto dhammaṃ na passati;

Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ rāgo sahate nara’’nti.

Iti andhatāya ca sañchannatāya ca sāyeva taṇhā abhilapitā. Yañcāha kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditāti. Yañcāha ratto atthaṃ na jānāti, ratto dhammaṃ na passatīti, imehi padehi pariyuṭṭhānehi sāyeva taṇhā abhilapitā. Yaṃ andhakāraṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo, yā ca taṇhā ponobhavikā, yañcāha kāmāti ime kilesakāmā. Yañcāha jālasañchannāti tesaṃ yeva kāmānaṃ payogena pariyuṭṭhānaṃ dasseti, tasmā kilesavasena ca pariyuṭṭhānavasena ca taṇhābandhanaṃ vuttaṃ. Ye edisikā, te jarāmaraṇaṃ anventi, ayaṃ ¶ bhagavatā yathānikkhittagāthābalena dassitā jarāmaraṇamanventīti.

‘‘Yassa papañcā ṭhitī ca natthi, sandānaṃ palighañca [paḷighañca (sī.) passa udā. 67] vītivatto;

Taṃ nittaṇhaṃ muniṃ carantaṃ, na vijānāti sadevakopi loko’’ti.

Papañcā nāma taṇhādiṭṭhimānā, tadabhisaṅkhatā ca saṅkhārā. Ṭhiti nāma anusayā. Sandānaṃ nāma taṇhāya pariyuṭṭhānaṃ, yāni chattiṃsataṇhāya jāliniyā ¶ vicaritāni. Paligho nāma moho. Ye ca papañcā saṅkhārā yā ca ṭhiti yaṃ sandānañca yaṃ palighañca yo etaṃ sabbaṃ samatikkanto, ayaṃ vuccati nittaṇho iti.

28. Tattha ¶ pariyuṭṭhānasaṅkhārā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyā vā upapajjavedanīyā vā aparāpariyavedanīyā vā, evaṃ taṇhā tividhaṃ phalaṃ deti diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye. Evaṃ bhagavā āha ‘‘yaṃ lobhapakataṃ kammaṃ karoti kāyena vā vācāya vā manasā vā, tassa vipākaṃ anubhoti diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye’’ti. Idaṃ bhagavato pubbāparena yujjati. Tattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ vā kammaṃ upapajjavedanīyaṃ vā kammaṃ aparāpariyāyavedanīyaṃ [aparāpariyavedanīyaṃ (sī.)] vā kammaṃ, evaṃ kammaṃ tidhā vipaccati diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye. Yathāha –

‘‘Yañce bālo idha pāṇātipātī hoti…pe… micchādiṭṭhi hoti, tassa diṭṭhe vā dhamme vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye’’ti. Idaṃ ¶ bhagavato pubbāparena yujjati. Tattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ paṭisaṅkhānabalena pahātabbaṃ, saṅkhārā dassanabalena, chattiṃsa taṇhāvicaritāni bhāvanābalena pahātabbānīti evaṃ taṇhāpi tidhā pahīyati. Yā nittaṇhātā ayaṃ saupādisesā nibbānadhātu. Bhedā kāyassa ayaṃ anupādisesā nibbānadhātu.

Papañco nāma vuccati anubandho. Yañcāha bhagavā ‘‘papañceti atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ ārabbhā’’ti. Yañcāha bhagavā – ‘‘atīte, rādha, rūpe anapekkho hohi, anāgataṃ rūpaṃ mā abhinandi, paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipajjā’’ti. Idaṃ bhagavato pubbāparena yujjati. Yo cāpi papañco ye ca saṅkhārā yā ca atītānāgatapaccuppannassa abhinandanā, idaṃ ekatthaṃ. Api ca aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi akkharehi aññamaññehi byañjanehi aparimāṇā dhammadesanā vuttā bhagavatā. Evaṃ suttena suttaṃ saṃsandayitvā pubbāparena saddhiṃ yojayitvā suttaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ bhavati.

So cāyaṃ [sa cāyaṃ (sī.)] pubbāparo sandhi catubbidho atthasandhi byañjanasandhi desanāsandhi niddesasandhīti.

Tattha ¶ atthasandhi chappadāni saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammatā paññattīti.

Byañjanasandhi chappadāni akkharaṃ padaṃ byañjanaṃ ākāro nirutti niddesoti.

Desanāsandhi ¶ na ca pathaviṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca. Na ca āpaṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca, na ca tejaṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca, na ¶ ca vāyuṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca. Na ca ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca imaṃ lokaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca paralokaṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca. Yamidaṃ ubhayamantarena diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ vitakkitaṃ vicāritaṃ manasānucintitaṃ, tampi nissāya na jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca. Ayaṃ sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anissitena cittena na ñāyati jhāyanto.

Yathā māro pāpimā godhikassa kulaputtassa [passa saṃ. ni. 1.159] viññāṇaṃ samanvesanto na jānāti na passati. So hi papañcātīto taṇhāpahānena diṭṭhinissayopissa natthi. Yathā ca godhikassa, evaṃ vakkalissa sadevakena lokena samārakena sabrahmakena sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anissitacittā na ñāyanti jhāyamānā. Ayaṃ desanāsandhi.

Tattha katamā niddesasandhi? Nissitacittā akusalapakkhena niddisitabbā, anissitacittā kusalapakkhena niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā kilesena niddisitabbā, anissitacittā vodānena niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā saṃsārappavattiyā niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saṃsāranivattiyā niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā taṇhāya ca avijjāya ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā samathena ca vipassanāya ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā ahirikena ca anottappena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā hiriyā ca ottappena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā asatiyā ca asampajaññena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā satiyā ca sampajaññena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā ayoniyā ¶ ca ayonisomanasikārena ¶ ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā yoniyā ca yonisomanasikārena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā kosajjena ca dovacassena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā vīriyārambhena ca sovacassena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā assaddhiyena ca pamādena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saddhāya ca appamādena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā asaddhammassavanena ca asaṃvaraṇena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saddhammassavanena ca saṃvarena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā abhijjhāya ca byāpādena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā anabhijjhāya ca abyāpādena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā ¶ nīvaraṇehi ca saṃyojaniyehi ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā rāgavirāgāya ca cetovimuttiyā avijjāvirāgāya ca paññāvimuttiyā niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā ucchedadiṭṭhiyā ca sassatadiṭṭhiyā ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saupādisesāya ca anupādisesāya ca nibbānadhātuyā niddisitabbā. Ayaṃ niddesasandhi. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘neruttamadhippāyo’’ti.

Niyutto catubyūho hāro.

7. Āvaṭṭahāravibhaṅgo

29. Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? ‘‘Ekamhi padaṭṭhāne’’ti ayaṃ.

‘‘Ārambhatha [ārabbhatha (sī.) saṃ. ni. 1.185; theragā. 256 passitabbaṃ] nikkamatha, yuñjatha buddhasāsane;

Dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro’’ti.

‘‘Ārambhatha nikkamathā’’ti vīriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Yuñjatha buddhasāsane’’ti samādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro’’ti paññāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Ārambhatha nikkamathā’’ti vīriyindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Yuñjatha buddhasāsane’’ti samādhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro’’ti paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Imāni ¶ padaṭṭhānāni desanā.

Ayuñjantānaṃ vā sattānaṃ yoge, yuñjantānaṃ vā ārambho.

Tattha ye na yuñjanti, te pamādamūlakā na yuñjanti. So pamādo duvidho taṇhāmūlako avijjāmūlako ca. Tattha avijjāmūlako yena ¶ aññāṇena nivuto ñeyyaṭṭhānaṃ nappajānāti pañcakkhandhā uppādavayadhammāti, ayaṃ avijjāmūlako. Yo taṇhāmūlako, so tividho anuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ uppādāya pariyesanto pamādaṃ āpajjati, uppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ ārakkhanimittaṃ paribhoganimittañca pamādaṃ āpajjati ayaṃ loke catubbidho pamādo ekavidho avijjāya tividho taṇhāya. Tattha avijjāya nāmakāyo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Taṇhāya rūpakāyo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu, rūpīsu bhavesu ajjhosānaṃ, arūpīsu sammoho? Tattha rūpakāyo ¶ rūpakkhandho nāmakāyo cattāro arūpino khandhā. Ime pañcakkhandhā katamena upādānena saupādānā, taṇhāya ca avijjāya ca? Tattha taṇhā dve upādānāni kāmupādānañca sīlabbatupādānañca. Avijjā dve upādānāni diṭṭhupādānañca attavādupādānañca. Imehi catūhi upādānehi ye saupādānā khandhā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Cattāri upādānāni, ayaṃ samudayo. Pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ. Tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya.

30. Tattha yo tividho taṇhāmūlako pamādo anuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ uppādāya pariyesati, uppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ ārakkhaṇañca karoti paribhoganimittañca, tassa sampaṭivedhena rakkhaṇā paṭisaṃharaṇā, ayaṃ samatho.

So kathaṃ bhavati? Yadā jānāti kāmānaṃ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato ¶ nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato okārañca saṃkilesañca vodānañca nekkhamme ca ānisaṃsaṃ. Tattha yā vīmaṃsā upaparikkhā ayaṃ vipassanā. Ime dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti samatho ca vipassanā ca. Imesu dvīsu dhammesu bhāviyamānesu dve dhammā pahīyanti taṇhā ca avijjā ca, imesu dvīsu dhammesu pahīnesu cattāri upādānāni nirujjhanti. Upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Iti purimakāni ca dve saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca, samatho ca vipassanā ca maggo. Bhavanirodho nibbānaṃ imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘ārambhatha nikkamathā’’ti.

Yathāpi ¶ mūle anupaddave daḷhe, chinnopi rukkho punareva [punadeva (ka.) passa dha. pa. 338] rūhati;

Evampi taṇhānusaye anūhate, nibbattatī dukkhamidaṃ punappunaṃ.

Ayaṃ taṇhānusayo. Katamassā taṇhāya? Bhavataṇhāya. Yo etassa dhammassa paccayo ayaṃ avijjā. Avijjāpaccayā hi bhavataṇhā. Ime dve kilesā taṇhā ca avijjā ca. Tāni cattāri upādānāni tehi catūhi upādānehi ye saupādānā khandhā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Cattāri upādānāni ayaṃ samudayo. Pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ. Tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya ca pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya.

Yena ¶ ¶ taṇhānusayaṃ samūhanati [samūhanti (sī.)], ayaṃ samatho. Yena taṇhānusayassa paccayaṃ avijjaṃ vārayati, ayaṃ vipassanā. Ime dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti samatho ca vipassanā ca. Tattha samathassa phalaṃ rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, vipassanāya phalaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti. Iti purimakāni ca dve saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca, samatho vipassanā ca maggo, dve ca vimuttiyo nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yathāpi mūle’’ti.

‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā;

Sacittapariyodāpanaṃ [pariyodapanaṃ (sī.) dha. pa. 183; dī. ni. 2.90 passitabbaṃ], etaṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti.

Sabbapāpaṃ nāma tīṇi duccaritāni kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ, te dasa akusalakammapathā pāṇātipāto adinnādānaṃ kāmesumicchācāro musāvādo pisuṇā vācā pharusā vācā samphappalāpo abhijjhā byāpādo micchādiṭṭhi, tāni dve kammāni cetanā cetasikañca. Tattha yo ca pāṇātipāto yā ca pisuṇā vācā yā ca pharusā vācā, idaṃ dosasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Yañca adinnādānaṃ yo ca kāmesumicchācāro yo ca musāvādo, idaṃ lobhasamuṭṭhānaṃ, yo samphappalāpo, idaṃ mohasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Imāni satta kāraṇāni cetanākammaṃ. Yā abhijjhā, ayaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yo byāpādo, ayaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ. Yā ¶ micchādiṭṭhi, ayaṃ micchāmaggo. Imāni tīṇi kāraṇāni cetasikakammaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘cetanākammaṃ cetasikakamma’’nti.

Akusalamūlaṃ payogaṃ gacchantaṃ catubbidhaṃ agatiṃ gacchati chandā dosā bhayā mohā. Tattha ¶ yaṃ chandā agatiṃ gacchati, idaṃ lobhasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Yaṃ dosā agatiṃ gacchati, idaṃ dosasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Yaṃ bhayā ca mohā ca agatiṃ gacchati, idaṃ mohasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha lobho asubhāya pahīyati. Doso mettāya. Moho paññāya. Tathā lobho upekkhāya pahīyati. Doso mettāya ca karuṇāya ca. Moho muditāya pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchati. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘sabbapāpassa akaraṇa’’nti.

31. Sabbapāpaṃ nāma aṭṭha micchattāni micchādiṭṭhi micchāsaṅkappo micchāvācā micchākammanto micchāājīvo micchāvāyāmo micchāsati micchāsamādhi, idaṃ vuccati sabbapāpaṃ. ¶ Imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ micchattānaṃ yā akiriyā akaraṇaṃ anajjhācāro, idaṃ vuccati sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ.

Aṭṭhasu micchattesu pahīnesu aṭṭha sammattāni sampajjanti. Aṭṭhannaṃ sammattānaṃ yā kiriyā karaṇaṃ sampādanaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati kusalassa upasampadā. Sacittapariyodāpananti atītassa maggassa bhāvanākiriyaṃ dassayati, citte pariyodāpite [pariyodapite (sī. ka.)] pañcakkhandhā pariyodāpitā bhavanti, evañhi bhagavā āha ‘‘cetovisuddhatthaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgate brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti. Duvidhā hi pariyodāpanā nīvaraṇappahānañca anusayasamugghāto ca. Dve pariyodāpanabhūmiyo dassanabhūmi ca, bhāvanābhūmi ca, tattha yaṃ paṭivedhena pariyodāpeti, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yato pariyodāpeti, ayaṃ samudayo. Yena pariyodāpeti, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ pariyodāpitaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘sabbapāpassa akaraṇa’’nti.

‘‘Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle;

Esānisaṃso ¶ dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī’’ti.

Dhammo ¶ nāma duvidho indriyasaṃvaro maggo ca. Duggati nāma duvidhā devamanusse vā upanidhāya apāyā duggati, nibbānaṃ vā upanidhāya sabbā upapattiyo duggati. Tattha yā saṃvarasīle akhaṇḍakāritā, ayaṃ dhammo suciṇṇo apāyehi rakkhati. Evaṃ bhagavā āha – dvemā, bhikkhave, sīlavato gatiyo devā ca manussā ca. Evañca nāḷandāyaṃ nigame asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Brāhmaṇā, bhante, pacchābhūmakā kāmaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā udakorohakā aggiparicārakā, te mataṃ kālaṅkataṃ uyyāpenti nāma, saññāpenti nāma, saggaṃ nāma okkāmenti [uggamenti (sī.) passa saṃ. ni. 4.358]. Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuṃ, yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyā’’ti.

‘‘Tena hi, gāmaṇi, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya, tathā naṃ byākareyyāsīti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idhassa puriso pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī ¶ musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhiko, tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatū’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetuvā pañjalikaṃ [pañjalikā saṃ. ni. 4.358] anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyā’’ti. ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, gāmaṇi, puriso mahatiṃ puthusilaṃ gambhīre udakarahade [udakadahe (ka.)] pakkhipeyya, tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma ¶ samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ummujja, bho, puthusile, uplava bho puthusile, thalamuplava, bho puthusile’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi, api nu sā mahatī puthusilā mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā ummujjeyya vā uplaveyya vā thalaṃ vā uplaveyyā’’ti. ‘‘No hetaṃ ¶ , bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, gāmaṇi, yo so puriso pāṇātipātī…pe… micchādiṭṭhiko, kiñcāpi naṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatū’ti. Atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idhassa puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko, tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjatū’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyā’’ti. ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, gāmaṇi, puriso sappikumbhaṃ vā telakumbhaṃ vā gambhīre [gambhīraṃ (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 4.358] udakarahade ogāhetvā bhindeyya. Tatra yāssa sakkharā vā kaṭhalā [kathalā (ka.)], sā adhogāmī assa. Yañca khvassa tatra sappi vā telaṃ vā, taṃ uddhaṃgāmi assa. Tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma ¶ āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘osīda, bho sappitela, saṃsīda, bho sappitela, adho gaccha [avaṃgaccha (sī. ka.)]‘bho sappitelā’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi, api nu taṃ ¶ sappitelaṃ mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā ‘osīdeyya vā saṃsīdeyya vā adho vā gaccheyyā’ti. ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Evameva kho, gāmaṇi, yo so puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato…pe… sammādiṭṭhiko, kiñcāpi naṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa ¶ bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjatū’’’ti. Atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyya. Iti dhammo suciṇṇo apāyehi rakkhati. Tattha yā maggassa tikkhatā adhimattatā, ayaṃ dhammo suciṇṇo sabbāhi upapattīhi rakkhati. Evaṃ bhagavā āha –

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa [passa udā. 32], sammāsaṅkappagocaro;

Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ;

Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti.

32. Tattha duggatīnaṃ hetu taṇhā ca avijjā ca, tāni cattāri upādānāni, tehi catūhi upādānehi ye saupādānā khandhā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Cattāri upādānāni, ayaṃ samudayo. Pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ, tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya ca pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya. Tattha taṇhāya pañcindriyāni rūpīni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Avijjāya manindriyaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañcindriyāni rūpīni rakkhanto samādhiṃ bhāvayati, taṇhañca niggaṇhāti. Manindriyaṃ rakkhanto vipassanaṃ bhāvayati, avijjañca niggaṇhāti. Taṇhāniggahena dve upādānāni pahīyanti kāmupādānañca sīlabbatupādānañca. Avijjāniggahena dve upādānāni pahīyanti diṭṭhupādānañca attavādupādānañca. Catūsu ¶ upādānesu pahīnesu dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti samatho ca vipassanā ca. Idaṃ vuccati brahmacariyanti.

Tattha brahmacariyassa phalaṃ cattāri sāmaññaphalāni sotāpattiphalaṃ sakadāgāmiphalaṃ anāgāmiphalaṃ arahattaṃ [arahattaphalaṃ (ka.)] aggaphalaṃ. Imāni cattāri brahmacariyassa phalāni [brahmacariyaphalānīti (sī.)]. Iti purimakāni ca dve saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca. Samatho ca vipassanā ca brahmacariyañca maggo, brahmacariyassa ¶ phalāni ca tadārammaṇā ca asaṅkhatādhātu nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘dhammo have rakkhatī’’ti.

Tattha yaṃ paṭivedhena rakkhati, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yato rakkhati, ayaṃ samudayo. Yena rakkhati, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ rakkhati, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘ekamhi padaṭṭhāne’’ti.

Niyutto āvaṭṭo hāro.

8. Vibhattihāravibhaṅgo

33. Tattha ¶ katamo vibhattihāro? ‘‘Dhammañca padaṭṭhānaṃ bhūmiñcā’’ti.

Dve suttāni vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca. Dve paṭipadā puññabhāgiyā ca phalabhāgiyā ca. Dve sīlāni saṃvarasīlañca pahānasīlañca, tattha bhagavā vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ puññabhāgiyāya paṭipadāya desayati, so saṃvarasīle ṭhito tena brahmacariyena brahmacārī bhavati, tattha ¶ bhagavā nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ phalabhāgiyāya paṭipadāya desayati, so pahānasīle ṭhito tena brahmacariyena brahmacārī bhavati.

Tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ? Vāsanābhāgiyaṃ nāma suttaṃ dānakathā sīlakathā saggakathā kāmānaṃ ādīnavo nekkhamme ānisaṃsoti.

Tattha katamaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ? Nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ nāma suttaṃ yā catusaccappakāsanā, vāsanābhāgiye sutte natthi pajānanā, natthi maggo, natthi phalaṃ. Nibbedhabhāgiye sutte atthi pajānanā, atthi maggo, atthi phalaṃ. Imāni cattāri suttāni. Imesaṃ catunnaṃ suttānaṃ desanāya phalena sīlena brahmacariyena sabbato vicayena hārena vicinitvā yuttihārena yojayitabbā yāvatikā ñāṇassa bhūmi.

34. Tattha katame dhammā sādhāraṇā? Dve dhammā sādhāraṇā nāmasādhāraṇā vatthusādhāraṇā ca. Yaṃ vā pana kiñci aññampi evaṃ jātiyaṃ, micchattaniyatānaṃ sattānaṃ aniyatānañca sattānaṃ ¶ dassanappahātabbā kilesā sādhāraṇā, puthujjanassa sotāpannassa ca kāmarāgabyāpādā sādhāraṇā, puthujjanassa anāgāmissa ca uddhaṃbhāgiyā saṃyojanā sādhāraṇā, yaṃ kiñci ariyasāvako lokiyaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajjati, sabbā sā avītarāgehi [avigatarāgehi (ka.)] sādhāraṇā, sādhāraṇā hi dhammā evaṃ aññamaññaṃ paraṃ paraṃ sakaṃ sakaṃ visayaṃ nātivattanti. Yopi imehi dhammehi samannāgato na so taṃ dhammaṃ upātivattati. Ime dhammā sādhāraṇā.

Tattha katame dhammā asādhāraṇā? Yāva desanaṃ upādāya gavesitabbā sekkhāsekkhā bhabbābhabbāti, aṭṭhamakassa sotāpannassa ca kāmarāgabyāpādā sādhāraṇā ¶ dhammatā asādhāraṇā, aṭṭhamakassa anāgāmissa ca uddhambhāgiyā ¶ saṃyojanā sādhāraṇā dhammatā asādhāraṇā. Sabbesaṃ sekkhānaṃ nāmaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ dhammatā asādhāraṇā. Sabbesaṃ paṭipannakānaṃ nāmaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ dhammatā asādhāraṇā. Sabbesaṃ sekkhānaṃ sekkhasīlaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ dhammatā asādhāraṇā. Evaṃ visesānupassinā hīnukkaṭṭhamajjhimaṃ upādāya gavesitabbaṃ.

Dassanabhūmi niyāmāvakkantiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanābhūmi uttarikānaṃ phalānaṃ pattiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parato ghosassa sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu cintāmayiyā paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu bhāvanāmayiyā paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parato ca ghosassa sutamayiyā ca paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu cintāmayiyā ca paññāya yoniso ca manasikārassa sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu bhāvanāmayiyā ca paññāya sammādiṭṭhiyā ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Patirūpadesavāso vivekassa ca samādhissa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo tiṇṇañca aveccappasādānaṃ samathassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ hiriyā ca vipassanāya ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, akusalapariccāgo kusalavīmaṃsāya ca samādhindriyassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, dhammasvākkhātatā kusalamūlaropanāya ca phalasamāpattiyā ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, saṅghasuppaṭipannatā saṅghasuṭṭhutāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, satthusampadā appasannānañca pasādāya pasannānañca bhiyyobhāvāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, appaṭihatapātimokkhatā dummaṅkūnañca ¶ puggalānaṃ niggahāya pesalānañca puggalānaṃ phāsuvihārāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘dhammañca padaṭṭhāna’’nti.

Niyutto vibhatti hāro.

9. Parivattanahāravibhaṅgo

35. Tattha ¶ ¶ katamo parivattano hāro? ‘‘Kusalākusale dhamme’’ti. Sammādiṭṭhissa purisapuggalassa micchādiṭṭhi nijjiṇṇā bhavati. Ye cassa micchādiṭṭhipaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ aneke [anekā (ka.)] pāpakā akusalā dhammā, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti. Sammādiṭṭhipaccayā cassa aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti, te cassa bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Sammāsaṅkappassa purisapuggalassa micchāsaṅkappo nijjiṇṇo bhavati. Ye cassa micchāsaṅkappapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti. Sammāsaṅkappapaccayā cassa aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti. Te cassa bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Evaṃ sammāvācassa sammākammantassa sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmassa sammāsatissa sammāsamādhissa sammāvimuttassa sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanassa purisapuggalassa micchāvimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavati. Ye cassa micchāvimuttiñāṇadassanapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti. Sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanapaccayā cassa aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti, te cassa bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.

36. Yassa vā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa pāṇātipāto pahīno hoti. Adinnādānā paṭiviratassa adinnādānaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti. Brahmacārissa abrahmacariyaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti. Saccavādissa musāvādo pahīno hoti. Apisuṇavācassa pisuṇā vācā pahīnā hoti. Saṇhavācassa pharusā vācā pahīnā hoti. Kālavādissa samphappalāpo pahīno hoti. Anabhijjhālussa [anabhijjhāmanassa (ka.)] abhijjhā pahīnā ¶ hoti. Abyāpannacittassa byāpādo pahīno hoti. Sammādiṭṭhissa micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā hoti.

Ye ca kho keci ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ garahanti, nesaṃ sandiṭṭhikā sahadhammikā gārayhā vādānuvādā āgacchanti. Sammādiṭṭhiñca te bhavanto dhammaṃ garahanti. Tena hi ye micchādiṭṭhikā, tesaṃ bhavantānaṃ pujjā ca pāsaṃsā ca. Evaṃ sammāsaṅkappaṃ sammāvācaṃ sammākammantaṃ sammāājīvaṃ sammāvāyāmaṃ sammāsatiṃ sammāsamādhiṃ sammāvimuttiṃ sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanañca te bhavanto dhammaṃ garahanti. Tena hi ye micchāvimuttiñāṇadassanā, tesaṃ bhavantānaṃ pujjā ca pāsaṃsā ca.

Ye ¶ ¶ ca kho keci evamāhaṃsu ‘‘bhuñjitabbā kāmā, paribhuñjitabbā kāmā, āsevitabbā kāmā, nisevitabbā kāmā, bhāvayitabbā kāmā, bahulīkātabbā kāmā’’ti. Kāmehi veramaṇī tesaṃ adhammo.

Ye vā pana keci evamāhaṃsu ‘‘attakilamathānuyogo dhammo’’ti. Niyyāniko tesaṃ dhammo adhammo. Ye ca kho keci evamāhaṃsu ‘‘dukkho dhammo’’ti. Sukho tesaṃ dhammo adhammo. Yathā vā pana bhikkhuno sabbasaṅkhāresu asubhānupassino viharato subhasaññā pahīyanti. Dukkhānupassino viharato sukhasaññā pahīyanti. Aniccānupassino viharato niccasaññā pahīyanti. Anattānupassino viharato attasaññā pahīyanti. Yaṃ yaṃ vā pana dhammaṃ rocayati vā upagacchati vā, tassa tassa dhammassa yo paṭipakkho, svassa aniṭṭhato ajjhāpanno bhavati. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘kusalākusaladhamme’’ti.

Niyutto parivattano hāro.

10. Vevacanahāravibhaṅgo

37. Tattha ¶ katamo vevacano hāro? ‘‘Vevacanāni bahūnī’’ti. Yathā ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ aññamaññehi vevacanehi niddisati. Yathāha bhagavā –

‘‘Āsā ca pihā abhinandanā ca, anekadhātūsu sarā patiṭṭhitā;

Aññāṇamūlappabhavā pajappitā, sabbā mayā byantikatā samūlikā’’ti.

Āsā nāma vuccati yā bhavissassa atthassa āsīsanā [āsiṃsanā (sī.)] avassaṃ āgamissatīti āsāssa uppajjati. Pihā nāma yā vattamānassa [vattamānakassa (sī.)] atthassa patthanā, seyyataraṃ vā disvā ‘‘ediso bhaveyya’’nti pihāssa uppajjati. Atthanipphattipaṭipālanā abhinandanā nāma, piyaṃ vā ñātiṃ abhinandati, piyaṃ vā dhammaṃ abhinandati, appaṭikūlato vā abhinandati.

Anekadhātūti ¶ cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu, sotadhātu saddadhātu sotaviññāṇadhātu, ghānadhātu gandhadhātu ghānaviññāṇadhātu, jivhādhātu rasadhātu jivhāviññāṇadhātu ¶ , kāyadhātu phoṭṭhabbadhātu kāyaviññāṇadhātu, manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu.

Sarāti keci rūpādhimuttā keci saddādhimuttā keci gandhādhimuttā keci rasādhimuttā keci phoṭṭhabbādhimuttā keci dhammādhimuttā. Tattha yāni cha gehasitāni domanassāni yāni ca cha gehasitāni somanassāni yāni ca cha nekkhammasitāni domanassāni yāni ca cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni, imāni catuvīsapadāni taṇhāpakkho, taṇhāya etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Yā cha upekkhā gehasitā, ayaṃ diṭṭhipakkho.

38. Sāyeva patthanākārena dhammanandī dhammapemaṃ dhammajjhosānanti taṇhāya etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Cittaṃ mano viññāṇanti ¶ cittassa etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Manindriyaṃ manodhātu manāyatanaṃ vijānanāti manassetaṃ vevacanaṃ. Paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ adhipaññā sikkhā paññā paññākkhandho dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo ñāṇaṃ sammādiṭṭhi tīraṇā vipassanā dhamme ñāṇaṃ atthe ñāṇaṃ anvaye ñāṇaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ anuppāde ñāṇaṃ anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ aññindriyaṃ aññātāvindriyaṃ cakkhu vijjā buddhi bhūri medhā āloko, yaṃ vā pana yaṃ kiñci aññaṃpi evaṃ jātiyaṃ, paññāya etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Pañcindriyāni lokuttarāni, sabbā paññā. Api ca ādhipateyyaṭṭhena saddhā, ārambhaṭṭhena vīriyaṃ, apilāpanaṭṭhena sati, avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhi, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā.

Yathā ca buddhānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. Balanipphattigato vesārajjappatto adhigatappaṭisambhido catuyogavippahīno agatigamanavītivatto uddhaṭasallo nirūḷhavaṇo madditakaṇḍako nibbāpitapariyuṭṭhāno [nibbāhita … (ka.)] bandhanātīto ganthaviniveṭhano ajjhāsayavītivatto bhinnandhakāro cakkhumā lokadhammasamatikkanto anurodhavirodhavippayutto iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu dhammesu asaṅkhepagato bandhanātivatto ṭhapitasaṅgāmo abhikkantataro ukkādharo ālokakaro pajjotakaro tamonudo raṇañjaho aparimāṇavaṇṇo appameyyavaṇṇo asaṅkheyyavaṇṇo ābhaṃkaro pabhaṃkaro dhammobhāsapajjotakaroti ¶ ca buddhā bhagavantoti ca buddhānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.

Yathā ca dhammānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ svākkhāto ¶ bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko ¶ opaneyyiko [opanayiko (sī.)] paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi. Yadidaṃ madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāṭo vaṭṭūpacchedo suññato atidullabho taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ.

‘‘Asaṅkhataṃ anataṃ [asaṅkhataṃ nanta … (sī.) passa saṃ. ni. 4.409] anāsavañca, saccañca pāraṃ nipuṇaṃ sududdasaṃ;

Ajajjaraṃ dhuvaṃ apalokitaṃ [apalokiyaṃ (sī. ka.)], anidassanaṃ nippapañca santaṃ.

‘‘Amataṃ paṇītañca sivañca khemaṃ, taṇhākkhayo acchariyañca abbhutaṃ;

Anītikaṃ anītikadhammaṃ [nītikadhammameva vā (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 4.409], nibbānametaṃ sugatena desitaṃ.

‘‘Ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ anupaddavañca, akataṃ asokañca atho visokaṃ;

Anūpasaggaṃnupasaggadhammaṃ, nibbānametaṃ sugatena desitaṃ.

‘‘Gambhīrañceva duppassaṃ, uttarañca anuttaraṃ;

Asamaṃ appaṭisamaṃ, jeṭṭhaṃ seṭṭhanti vuccati.

‘‘Leṇañca tāṇaṃ araṇaṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ, akāca metaṃ vimalanti vuccati;

Dīpo sukhaṃ appamāṇaṃ patiṭṭhā, akiñcanaṃ appapañcanti vutta’’nti.

Dhammānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.

Yathā ¶ ca saṅghānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ suppaṭipanno ujuppaṭipanno ñāyappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa, sīlasampanno ¶ samādhisampanno paññāsampanno vimuttisampanno vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno sattānaṃ sāro sattānaṃ maṇḍo sattānaṃ uddhāro sattānaṃ esikā [esiko (ka.)] sattānaṃ surabhipasūnaṃ pujjo devānañca manussānañcāti saṅghānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.

Yathā ca sīlānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni ariyāni ariyakantāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni, alaṅkāro ca sīlaṃ uttamaṅgopasobhaṇatāya, nidhānañca sīlaṃ sabbadobhaggasamatikkamanaṭṭhena ¶ , sippañca sīlaṃ akkhaṇavedhitāya, velā ca sīlaṃ anatikkamanaṭṭhena, dhaññañca sīlaṃ daliddopacchedanaṭṭhena [daḷiddo… (sī.)], ādāso ca sīlaṃ dhammavolokanatāya, pāsādo ca sīlaṃ volokanaṭṭhena, sabbabhūmānuparivatti ca sīlaṃ amatapariyosānanti sīlānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.

Yathā ca cāgānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ yasmiṃ samaye ariyasāvako agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgaratoti cāgānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘vevacanāni bahūnī’’ti.

Niyutto vevacano hāro.

11. Paññattihāravibhaṅgo

39. Tattha katamo paññattihāro? ‘‘Ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ paññattīhi vividhāhi desetī’’ti.

Yā ¶ pakatikathāya desanā. Ayaṃ nikkhepapaññatti. Kā ca pakatikathāya desanā, cattāri saccāni. Yathā bhagavā āha ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti ayaṃ paññatti pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ channaṃ dhātūnaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ dasannaṃ indriyānaṃ nikkhepapaññatti.

Kabaḷīkāre ¶ ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī [nandi (sī.) passa saṃ. ni. 2.64)] atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi [buddhi (ka.)]. Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi.

Phasse ce…pe… manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre. Viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti ¶ , atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi. Ayaṃ pabhavapaññatti dukkhassa ca samudayassa ca.

Kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave [passa saṃ. ni. 2.64], āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā, appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ. Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ, natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, natthi tattha ¶ āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, asokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi.

Phasse ce…pe… manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre. Viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā, appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ. Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ, natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, asokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi.

Ayaṃ ¶ pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti nirodhassa.

40. Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha. Appamatto nipako sato, samāhito, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Kiñca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti? ‘‘Cakkhu [cakkhuṃ (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 4.99] anicca’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Rūpā aniccā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇaṃ anicca’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Cakkhusamphasso anicco’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Yampidaṃ [yamidaṃ (sī. ka.)] cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi aniccanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.

Sotaṃ ¶ …pe… ghānaṃ…pe… jivhā…pe… kāyo…pe… ‘‘mano anicco’’ti [anicca’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.100)] yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Dhammā aniccā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Manoviññāṇaṃ anicca’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Manosamphasso anicco’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi aniccanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.

Ayaṃ bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti nirodhassa.

Rūpaṃ ¶ , rādha, vikiratha vidhamatha viddhaṃsetha vikīḷaniyaṃ [vikīḷanikaṃ (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 3.169] karotha, paññāya taṇhakkhayāya paṭipajjatha. Taṇhakkhayā dukkhakkhayo, dukkhakkhayā nibbānaṃ. Vedanaṃ…pe…. Saññaṃ…pe… saṅkhāre viññāṇaṃ vikiratha vidhamatha viddhaṃsetha vikīḷaniyaṃ karotha, paññāya taṇhakkhayāya paṭipajjatha. Taṇhakkhayā dukkhakkhayo, dukkhakkhayā nibbānaṃ.

Ayaṃ nirodhapaññatti nirodhassa, nibbidāpaññatti assādassa, pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti nirodhassa.

‘‘So idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.

Ayaṃ ¶ paṭivedhapaññatti saccānaṃ, nikkhepapaññatti dassanabhūmiyā, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti sotāpattiphalassa. ‘‘So ime āsavā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Ime āsavā asesaṃ nirujjhantī’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.

Ayaṃ uppādapaññatti khaye ñāṇassa, okāsapaññatti anuppāde ñāṇassa, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, ārambhapaññatti ¶ vīriyindriyassa, āsāṭanapaññatti āsāṭikānaṃ, nikkhepapaññatti bhāvanābhūmiyā, abhinighātapaññatti pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ.

41. Idaṃ ‘‘dukkha’’nti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Ayaṃ ‘‘dukkhasamudayo’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ayaṃ ‘‘dukkhanirodho’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe…. Ayaṃ ‘‘dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ¶ ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

Ayaṃ desanāpaññatti saccānaṃ, nikkhepapaññatti sutamayiyā paññāya sacchikiriyāpaññatti anaññātaññassāmītindriyassa, pavattanāpaññatti dhammacakkassa.

‘‘Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ pariññeyya’’nti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. ‘‘So kho panāyaṃ dukkhasamudayo pahātabbo’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘so kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodho sacchikātabbo’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘sā kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā bhāvetabbā’’ti me, bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

Ayaṃ bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, nikkhepapaññatti cintāmayiyā paññāya, sacchikiriyāpaññatti aññindriyassa.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ pariññāta’’nti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. ‘‘So kho panāyaṃ dukkhasamudayo pahīno’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘so kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodho sacchikato’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘sā kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā bhāvitā’’ti me, bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Ayaṃ bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, nikkhepapaññatti bhāvanāmayiyā paññāya, sacchikiriyāpaññatti aññātāvino indriyassa, pavattanāpaññatti dhammacakkassa.

‘‘Tulamatulañca ¶ sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;

Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi [abhidā (sī. ka.) passa dī. ni. 2.169] kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.

‘‘Tula’’nti ¶ saṅkhāradhātu. ‘‘Atula’’nti nibbānadhātu, ‘‘tulamatulañca sambhava’’nti abhiññāpaññatti sabbadhammānaṃ. Nikkhepapaññatti dhammapaṭisambhidāya. ‘‘Bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji munī’’ti pariccāgapaññatti samudayassa. Pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa. ‘‘Ajjhattarato samāhito’’ti bhāvanāpaññatti kāyagatāya satiyā. Ṭhitipaññatti cittekaggatāya. ‘‘Abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti abhinibbidāpaññatti cittassa, upādānapaññatti sabbaññutāya, padālanāpaññatti avijjaṇḍakosānaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘tulamatulañca sambhava’’nti.

Yo dukkhamaddakkhi yatonidānaṃ, kāmesu so jantu kathaṃ nameyya;

Kāmā hi loke saṅgoti ñatvā, tesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkheti.

‘‘Yo dukkha’’nti vevacanapaññatti ca dukkhassa pariññāpaññatti ca. ‘‘Yatonidāna’’nti pabhavapaññatti ca samudayassa pahānapaññatti ca. ‘‘Addakkhī’’ti vevacanapaññatti ca ñāṇacakkhussa paṭivedhapaññatti ca. ‘‘Kāmesu so jantukathaṃ nameyyā’’ti vevacanapaññatti ca kāmataṇhāya abhinivesapaññatti ca. ‘‘Kāmā hi loke saṅgoti ñatvā’’ti paccatthikato dassanapaññatti kāmānaṃ. Kāmā hi aṅgārakāsūpamā maṃsapesūpamā pāvakakappā papātauragopamā ca. ‘‘Tesaṃ satīmā’’ti apacayapaññatti pahānāya, nikkhepapaññatti kāyagatāya ¶ satiyā, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa. ‘‘Vinayāya sikkhe’’ti paṭivedhapaññatti rāgavinayassa dosavinayassa mohavinayassa. ‘‘Jantū’’ti vevacanapaññatti yogissa. Yadā hi yogī kāmā saṅgoti pajānāti. So kāmānaṃ anuppādāya kusale dhamme uppādayati, so anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya vāyamati. Ayaṃ ¶ vāyāmapaññatti appattassa pattiyā. Nikkhepapaññatti oramattikāya asantuṭṭhiyā. Tattha so uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā vāyamatīti ayaṃ appamādapaññatti bhāvanāya, nikkhepapaññatti vīriyindriyassa, ārakkhapaññatti kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ṭhitipaññatti adhicittasikkhāya. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yo dukkhamaddakkhi yatonidāna’’nti.

‘‘Mohasambandhano ¶ loko, bhabbarūpova dissati;

Upadhibandhano [upadhisambandhano (sī.) passa udā. 70] bālo, tamasā parivārito;

Assirī viya [sassatoriva (udā. 70)] khāyati, passato natthi kiñcana’’nti.

‘‘Mohasambandhano loko’’ti desanāpaññatti vipallāsānaṃ. ‘‘Bhabbarūpova dissatī’’ti viparītapaññatti lokassa. ‘‘Upadhibandhano bālo’’ti pabhavapaññatti pāpakānaṃ icchāvacarānaṃ, kiccapaññatti pariyuṭṭhānānaṃ. Balavapaññatti kilesānaṃ. Virūhanāpaññatti saṅkhārānaṃ. ‘‘Tamasā parivārito’’ti desanāpaññatti avijjandhakārassa vevacanapaññatti ca. ‘‘Assirī viya khāyatī’’ti dassanapaññatti dibbacakkhussa, nikkhepapaññatti paññācakkhussa. ‘‘Passato natthi kiñcana’’nti paṭivedhapaññatti sattānaṃ, rāgo kiñcanaṃ doso kiñcanaṃ moho kiñcanaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘mohasambandhano loko’’ti.

‘‘Atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ, no cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissa ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ. Nayidha [na idha (sī. ka.) passa udā. 73] jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyetha. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ, tasmā jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyatī’’ti.

‘‘No ¶ cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissa ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti desanāpaññatti nibbānassa vevacanapaññatti ca. ‘‘Nayidha jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyethā’’ti vevacanapaññatti saṅkhatassa upanayanapaññatti ¶ ca. ‘‘Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti vevacanapaññatti nibbānassa jotanāpaññatti ca. ‘‘Tasmā jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyatī’’ti ayaṃ vevacanapaññatti nibbānassa, niyyānikapaññatti maggassa, nissaraṇapaññatti saṃsārato. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘no cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissā’’ti. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ, paññattīhi vividhāhi desetī’’ti.

Niyutto paññatti hāro.

12. Otaraṇahāravibhaṅgo

42. Tattha ¶ katamo otaraṇo hāro? ‘‘Yo ca paṭiccuppādo’’ti.

‘‘Uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vippamutto, ayaṃ ahasmīti [ayamahamasmīti (sī.) passa udā. 61] anānupassī;

Evaṃ vimutto udatāri oghaṃ, atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā’’ti.

‘‘Uddha’’nti rūpadhātu ca arūpadhātu ca. ‘‘Adho’’ti kāmadhātu. ‘‘Sabbadhi vippamutto’’ti tedhātuke ayaṃ asekkhāvimutti. Tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni, ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.

Tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā ¶ taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.

Tāniyeva ¶ asekkhāni pañcindriyāni tīhi khandhehi saṅgahitāni – sīlakkhandhena samādhikkhandhena paññākkhandhena, ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.

Tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.

Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.

‘‘Ayaṃ ¶ ahasmīti anānupassī’’ti ayaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā samugghāto, sā sekkhāvimutti, tāniyeva sekkhāni pañcindriyāni. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.

Tāniyeva sekkhāni pañcindriyāni vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.

Sāyeva vijjā paññākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.

Sāyeva vijjā saṅkhārapariyāpannā, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā, ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.

Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.

Sekkhāya ca vimuttiyā asekkhāya ca vimuttiyā vimutto udatāri oghaṃ atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāya. Tenāha ¶ bhagavā ‘‘uddhaṃ adho’’ti.

43. ‘‘Nissitassa [passa udā. 74] calitaṃ, anissitassa calitaṃ natthi, calite asati passaddhi, passaddhiyā sati nati na hoti, natiyā asati āgatigati na hoti, āgatigatiyā asati cutūpapāto na hoti, cutūpapāte asati nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena esevanto dukkhassā’’ti.

‘‘Nissitassa calita’’nti nissayo nāma duvidho taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca. Tattha yā rattassa cetanā, ayaṃ taṇhānissayo; yā mūḷhassa cetanā, ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo. Cetanā pana saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā ¶ viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.

Tattha yā rattassa vedanā, ayaṃ sukhā vedanā. Yā sammūḷhassa vedanā, ayaṃ adukkhamasukhā vedanā, imā dve vedanā vedanākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.

Tattha ¶ sukhā vedanā dve indriyāni sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyañca, adukkhamasukhā vedanā upekkhindriyaṃ. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.

Tāniyeva indriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni, ye saṅkhārā sāsavā bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.

Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ sāsavaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.

‘‘Anissitassa calitaṃ natthī’’ti samathavasena vā taṇhāya anissito vipassanāvase vā diṭṭhiyā anissito. Yā vipassanā ayaṃ vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo. Ayaṃ ¶ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.

Sāyeva vipassanā paññākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.

Sāyeva vipassanā dve indriyāni – vīriyindriyañca paññindriyañca. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.

Sāyeva vipassanā saṅkhārapariyāpannā, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.

Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.

‘‘Passaddhiyā satī’’ti duvidhā passaddhi kāyikā ca cetasikā ca. Yaṃ kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ, ayaṃ kāyapassaddhi. Yaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ, ayaṃ cetasikā passaddhi. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati [vedayati (ka.)], sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto nibbindati, nibbindanto ¶ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ ‘‘vimutta’’miti [vimuttamhīti (sī. ka.)] ñāṇaṃ hoti, ‘‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti pajānāti. So ¶ na namati rūpesu, na saddesu, na gandhesu, na rasesu, na phoṭṭhabbesu, na dhammesu khayā rāgassa khayā dosassa khayā mohassa yena rūpena tathāgataṃ tiṭṭhantaṃ carantaṃ paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya, tassa rūpassa khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā rūpasaṅkhaye vimutto, tathāgato atthītipi na upeti, natthītipi na upeti, atthi natthītipi na upeti, nevatthi no natthītipi na upeti. Atha kho gambhīro appameyyo asaṅkheyyo nibbutotiyeva saṅkhaṃ gacchati khayā rāgassa, khayā dosassa, khayā mohassa.

Yāya vedanāya…pe… yāya saññāya. Yehi saṅkhārehi. Yena viññāṇena tathāgataṃ ¶ tiṭṭhantaṃ carantaṃ paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya, tassa viññāṇassa khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā viññāṇasaṅkhaye vimutto, tathāgato atthītipi na upeti, natthītipi na upeti, atthi natthītipi na upeti, nevatthi no natthītipi na upeti. Atha kho gambhīro appameyyo asaṅkheyyo nibbutotiyeva saṅkhaṃ gacchati khayā rāgassa, khayā dosassa, khayā mohassa. ‘‘Āgatī’’ti idhāgati. ‘‘Gatī’’ti peccabhavo. Āgatigatīpi na bhavanti, ‘‘nevidhā’’ti chasu ajjhattikesu āyatanesu. ‘‘Na hura’’nti chasu bāhiresu āyatanesu. ‘‘Na ubhayamantarenā’’ti phassasamuditesu dhammesu attānaṃ na passati. ‘‘Esevanto dukkhassā’’ti paṭiccasamuppādo. So duvidho lokiyo ca lokuttaro ca. Tattha lokiyo avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, yāva jarāmaraṇā. Lokuttaro sīlavato avippaṭisāro jāyati, yāva nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘nissitassa calitaṃ anissitassa calitaṃ natthi…pe… esevanto dukkhassā’’ti.

44.

‘‘Ye keci sokā paridevitā vā, dukkhā [dukkhaṃ (sī. ka.) passa udā. 78] ca lokasmimanekarūpā;

Piyaṃ paṭiccappabhavanti ete, piye asante na bhavanti ete.

Tasmā ¶ hi te sukhino vītasokā, yesaṃ piyaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke;

Tasmā asokaṃ virajaṃ patthayāno, piyaṃ na kayirātha kuhiñci loke’’ti.

‘‘Ye keci sokā paridevitā vā, dukkhā ca lokasmimanekarūpā piyaṃ paṭiccappabhavanti ete’’ti – ayaṃ dukkhā vedanā. ‘‘Piye asante na bhavanti ete’’ti – ayaṃ sukhā vedanā. Vedanā ¶ vedanākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.

Vedanāpaccayā ¶ taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ, evaṃ sabbaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.

Tattha sukhā vedanā dve indriyāni – sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyañca. Dukkhā vedanā dve indriyāni – dukkhindriyaṃ domanassindriyañca. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.

Tāniyeva indriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni, ye saṅkhārā sāsavā bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.

Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ sāsavaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.

Tasmā hi te sukhino vītasokā, yesaṃ piyaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke;

Tasmā asokaṃ virajaṃ patthayāno, piyaṃ na kayirātha kuhiñci loketi.

Idaṃ taṇhāpahānaṃ. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.

Taṃyeva taṇhāpahānaṃ samatho. So samatho dve indriyāni satindriyaṃ samādhindriyañca. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.

Soyeva samatho samādhikkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.

Soyeva samatho saṅkhārapariyāpanno, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.

Sā ¶ dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘ye keci sokā’’ti.

Kāmaṃ ¶ ¶ kāmayamānassa, tassa ce taṃ samijjhati;

Addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchati.

Tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno;

Te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppati.

Yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva [sabbasseva (ka.) passa su. ni. 774] padā siro;

Somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatīti.

Tattha yā pītimanatā, ayaṃ anunayo. Yadāha sallaviddhova ruppatīti, idaṃ paṭighaṃ. Anunayaṃ paṭighañca pana taṇhāpakkho, taṇhāya ca pana dasarūpīni āyatanāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.

Tāniyeva dasa rūpīni rūpakāyo nāmasampayutto, tadubhayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, evaṃ sabbaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.

Tadeva nāmarūpaṃ pañcakkhandho; Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā;

Tadeva nāmarūpaṃ aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo; Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā;

Tattha yo rūpakāyo imāni pañca rūpīni indriyāni, yo nāmakāyo imāni pañca arūpīni indriyāni, imāni dasa indriyāni. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.

Tattha yadāha –

‘‘Yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro;

Somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatī’’ti.

Ayaṃ saupādisesā nibbānadhātu, ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.

Sāyeva ¶ saupādisesā nibbānadhātu vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ. Ayaṃ ¶ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.

Sāyeva ¶ vijjā paññākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.

Sāyeva vijjā dve indriyāni – vīriyindriyaṃ paññindriyañca. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.

Sāyeva vijjā saṅkhārapariyāpannā, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.

Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘kāmaṃ kāmayamānassā’’ti.

Ettāvatā paṭicca indriyakhandhadhātuāyatanāni samosaraṇotaraṇāni bhavanti. Evaṃ paṭicca indriyakhandhadhātuāyatanāni otāretabbāni. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘yo ca paṭiccuppādo’’ti.

Niyutto otaraṇo hāro.

13. Sodhanahāravibhaṅgo

45. Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? ‘‘Vissajjitamhi pañhe’’tigāthā. Yathā āyasmā ajito pārāyane bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati –

‘‘Kenassu nivuto loko, kenassu nappakāsati;

Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃsu tassa mahabbhaya’’nti.

‘‘Avijjāya ¶ nivuto loko, [ajitāti bhagavā]

Vivicchā pamādā nappakāsati;

Jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkhamassa mahabbhaya’’nti.

‘‘Kenassu nivuto loko’’ti pañhe ‘‘avijjāya nivuto loko’’ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ. ‘‘Kenassu nappakāsatī’’ti ¶ pañhe ‘‘vivicchā pamādā nappakāsatī’’ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ. ‘‘Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsī’’ti pañhe ‘‘jappābhilepanaṃ brūmī’’ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ. ‘‘Kiṃsu tassa mahabbhaya’’nti pañhe ‘‘dukkhamassa mahabbhaya’’nti suddho ārambho. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘avijjāya nivuto loko’’ti.

‘‘Savanti ¶ sabbadhi sotā, [iccāyasmā ajito]

Sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ;

Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare’’ti.

‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, [ajitāti bhagavā]

Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ;

Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti.

‘‘Savanti sabbadhi sotā, sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇa’’nti pañhe ‘‘yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, sati tesaṃ nivāraṇa’’nti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ. ‘‘Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare’’ti pañhe ‘‘sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti suddho ārambho. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yāni sotāni lokasmi’’nti.

‘‘Paññā ceva sati ca, [iccāyasmā ajito]

Nāmarūpañca [nāmaṃ rūpañca (ka.) passa su. ni. 1042] mārisa;

Etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.

Pañhe ¶ –

‘‘Yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, ajita taṃ vadāmi te;

Yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati;

Viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.

Suddho ārambho. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchī’’ti. Yattha ¶ evaṃ suddho ārambho, so pañho visajjito bhavati. Yattha pana ārambho asuddho, na tāva so pañho visajjito bhavati. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘vissajjitamhi pañhe’’ti.

Niyutto sodhano hāro.

14. Adhiṭṭhānahāravibhaṅgo

46. Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro? ‘‘Ekattatāya dhammā, yepi ca vemattatāya niddiṭṭhā’’ti.

Ye tattha niddiṭṭhā, tathā te dhārayitabbā.

‘‘Dukkha’’nti ¶ ekattatā. Tattha katamaṃ dukkhaṃ? Jāti dukkhā, jarā dukkhā, byādhi dukkho, maraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ, saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā, rūpā dukkhā, vedanā dukkhā, saññā dukkhā, saṅkhārā dukkhā, viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Dukkhasamudayo’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo dukkhasamudayo? Yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobhavikā [ponobbhavikā (ka.)] nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī. Seyyathidaṃ, kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Dukkhanirodho’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo dukkhanirodho? Yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Dukkhanirodhagāminī ¶ paṭipadā’’ti ekattatā. Tattha ¶ katamā dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Maggo’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo maggo? Nirayagāmī maggo tiracchānayonigāmī maggo pettivisayagāmī maggo asurayoniyo [asurayonigāmiyo (sī.), asurayonigāmīniyo (ka.)] maggo saggagāmiyo maggo manussagāmī maggo nibbānagāmī maggo. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Nirodho’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo nirodho? Paṭisaṅkhānirodho appaṭisaṅkhānirodho anunayanirodho paṭighanirodho mānanirodho makkhanirodho paḷāsanirodho issānirodho macchariyanirodho sabbakilesanirodho. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Rūpa’’nti ekattatā. Tattha katamaṃ rūpaṃ? Cātumahābhūtikaṃ [cātummahābhūtikaṃ (sī.)] rūpaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpassa paññatti. Tattha katamāni cattāri mahābhūtāni? Pathavīdhātu [paṭhavīdhātu (sī.)] āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu.

47. Dvīhi ākārehi dhātuyo pariggaṇhāti saṅkhepena ca vitthārena ca. Kathaṃ vitthārena dhātuyo pariggaṇhāti? Vīsatiyā ākārehi pathavīdhātuṃ ¶ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti, dvādasahi ākārehi āpodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti, catūhi ākārehi tejodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti, chahi ākārehi vāyodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.

Katamehi vīsatiyā ākārehi pathavīdhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti? Atthi ¶ imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ [aṭṭhimiñjā (sī.)] vakkaṃ, hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ, antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthake matthaluṅganti imehi vīsatiyā ākārehi pathavīdhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.

Katamehi dvādasahi ākārehi āpodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti? Atthi imasmiṃ kāye pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttanti imehi dvādasahi ākārehi āpodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.

Katamehi ¶ catūhi ākārehi tejodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti? Yena ca santappati, yena ca jīrīyati [jīrati (sī.), jīrayati (ka.), passa ma. ni. 3.351], yena ca pariḍayhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, imehi catūhi ākārehi tejodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.

Katamehi chahi ākārehi vāyodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti? Uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā [koṭṭhasayā (sī.)] vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, imehi chahi ākārehi vāyodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.

Evaṃ imehi dvācattālīsāya ākārehi vitthārena dhātuyo sabhāvato upalakkhayanto tulayanto parivīmaṃsanto pariyogāhanto paccavekkhanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passati kāyaṃ vā kāyapadesaṃ vā, yathā candanikaṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya, yathā saṅkāraṭṭhānaṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya, yathā vaccakuṭiṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya, yathā sivathikaṃ [sīvathikaṃ (sī.)] pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya. Evameva imehi dvācattālīsāya ākārehi evaṃ vitthārena ¶ dhātuyo sabhāvato ¶ upalakkhayanto tulayanto parivīmaṃsanto pariyogāhanto paccavekkhanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passati kāyaṃ vā kāyapadesaṃ vā. Tenāha bhagavā yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu [nevesāhaṃ (sī. ka.) passa ma. ni. 3.349], yā ca bāhirā pathavīdhātu, pathavīdhāturevesā. Taṃ ‘‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindati, pathavīdhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti. Yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā āpodhātu, yā ca bāhirā āpodhātu…pe… yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā tejodhātu, yā ca bāhirā tejodhātu…pe… yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā vāyodhātu, yā ca bāhirā vāyodhātu, vāyodhāturevesā. Taṃ ‘‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā vāyodhātuyā nibbindati, vāyodhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

48. ‘‘Avijjā’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamā avijjā? Dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ, pubbante aññāṇaṃ, aparante aññāṇaṃ, pubbantāparante aññāṇaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇaṃ, yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho asallakkhaṇā anupalakkhaṇā apaccupalakkhaṇā asamavekkhaṇaṃ ¶ [asamavekkhanaṃ (ka.)] apaccakkhakammaṃ dummejjhaṃ ¶ bālyaṃ asampajaññaṃ moho pamoho sammoho avijjā avijjogho avijjāyogo avijjānusayo avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūlaṃ. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Vijjā’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamā vijjā? Dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ, pubbante ñāṇaṃ, aparante ñāṇaṃ, pubbantāparante ñāṇaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ, yā evarūpā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo saṃlakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā [vebhavyā (sī.)] cintā upaparikkhā bhūrī medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko ¶ paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo maggaṅgaṃ maggapariyāpannaṃ. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Samāpattī’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamā samāpatti? Saññāsamāpatti asaññāsamāpatti, nevasaññānāsaññāsamāpatti. Vibhūtasaññāsamāpatti nirodhasamāpattīti. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Jhāyī’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo jhāyī? Atthi sekkho jhāyī, atthi asekkho jhāyī, nevasekkhanāsekkho jhāyī, ājāniyo jhāyī, assakhaluṅko jhāyī, diṭṭhuttaro jhāyī, taṇhuttaro jhāyī, paññuttaro jhāyī. Ayaṃ ¶ vemattatā.

‘‘Samādhī’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo samādhi? Saraṇo samādhi, araṇo samādhi, savero samādhi, avero samādhi, sabyāpajjo [sabyāpajjho (sī.)] samādhi, abyāpajjo samādhi, sappītiko samādhi, nippītiko samādhi, sāmiso samādhi, nirāmiso samādhi, sasaṅkhāro samādhi, asaṅkhāro samādhi, ekaṃsabhāvito samādhi, ubhayaṃsabhāvito samādhi, ubhayato bhāvitabhāvano samādhi, savitakkasavicāro samādhi, avitakkavicāramatto samādhi, avitakkaavicāro samādhi, hānabhāgiyo samādhi, ṭhitibhāgiyo samādhi, visesabhāgiyo samādhi, nibbedhabhāgiyo samādhi, lokiyo samādhi, lokuttaro samādhi, micchāsamādhi, sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Paṭipadā’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamā paṭipadā? Āgāḷhapaṭipadā [āgaḷhā paṭipadā (sī.) aṭṭhakathā oloketabbā], nijjhāmapaṭipadā, majjhimapaṭipadā, akkhamā paṭipadā, khamā paṭipadā, samā paṭipadā, damā paṭipadā ¶ , dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññāti. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

‘‘Kāyo’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo kāyo? Nāmakāyo rūpakāyo ca. Tattha katamo rūpakāyo? Kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nhāru [nahāru (sī.)] aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo ¶ assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttaṃ matthaluṅganti – ayaṃ ¶ rūpakāyo. Nāmakāyo nāma vedanā saññā cetanā cittaṃ phasso manasikāroti – ayaṃ nāmakāyoti. Ayaṃ vemattatā.

Evaṃ yo dhammo yassa dhammassa samānabhāvo, so dhammo tassa dhammassa ekattatāya ekī bhavati. Yena yena vā pana vilakkhaṇo, tena tena vemattaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ sutte vā veyyākaraṇe vā gāthāyaṃ vā pucchitena vīmaṃsayitabbaṃ, kiṃ ekattatāya pucchati, udāhu vemattatāyāti. Yadi ekattatāya pucchitaṃ, ekattatāya visajjayitabbaṃ. Yadi vemattatāya pucchitaṃ, vemattatāya visajjayitabbaṃ. Yadi sattādhiṭṭhānena pucchitaṃ, sattādhiṭṭhānena visajjayitabbaṃ. Yadi dhammādhiṭṭhānena pucchitaṃ, dhammādhiṭṭhānena visajjayitabbaṃ. Yathā yathā vā pana pucchitaṃ, tathā tathā visajjayitabbaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘ekattatāya dhammā’’ti.

Niyutto adhiṭṭhāno hāro.

15. Parikkhārahāravibhaṅgo

49. Tattha katamo parikkhāro hāro? ‘‘Ye dhammā yaṃ dhammaṃ janayantī’’ti.

Yo dhammo yaṃ dhammaṃ janayati, tassa so parikkhāro. Kiṃlakkhaṇo parikkhāro? Janakalakkhaṇo parikkhāro. Dve dhammā janayanti hetu ca paccayo ca. Tattha kiṃlakkhaṇo hetu, kiṃlakkhaṇo paccayo? Asādhāraṇalakkhaṇo hetu, sādhāraṇalakkhaṇo paccayo. Yathā kiṃ bhave? Yathā aṅkurassa nibbattiyā bījaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ, pathavī āpo ¶ ca sādhāraṇā. Aṅkurassa hi pathavī āpo ca paccayo sabhāvo hetu. Yathā vā pana ghaṭe duddhaṃ pakkhittaṃ dadhi bhavati, na ¶ catthi ekakālasamavadhānaṃ duddhassa ca dadhissa ca. Evamevaṃ natthi ekakālasamavadhānaṃ hetussa ca paccayassa ca.

Ayañhi saṃsāro sahetu sappaccayo nibbatto. Vuttaṃ hi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo. Iti avijjā avijjāya hetu ayoniso manasikāro paccayo. Purimikā avijjā pacchimikāya avijjāya hetu. Tattha purimikā avijjā avijjānusayo ¶ pacchimikā avijjā avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ, purimiko avijjānusayo pacchimikassa avijjāpariyuṭṭhānassa hetubhūto paribrūhanāya, bījaṅkuro viya samanantarahetutāya. Yaṃ pana yattha phalaṃ nibbattati, idamassa paramparahetutāya hetubhūtaṃ. Duvidho hi hetu samanantarahetu paramparahetu ca, evaṃ avijjāyapi duvidho hetu samanantarahetu paramparahetu ca.

Yathā vā pana thālakañca vaṭṭi ca telañca padīpassa paccayabhūtaṃ na sabhāvahetu, na hi sakkā thālakañca vaṭṭiñca telañca anaggikaṃ dīpetuṃ padīpassa paccayabhūtaṃ. Padīpo viya sabhāvo hetu hoti. Iti sabhāvo hetu, parabhāvo paccayo. Ajjhattiko hetu, bāhiro paccayo. Janako hetu, pariggāhako paccayo. Asādhāraṇo hetu, sādhāraṇo paccayo.

Avupacchedattho santati attho, nibbatti attho phalattho, paṭisandhi attho punabbhavattho, palibodhattho pariyuṭṭhānattho, asamugghātattho anusayattho, asampaṭivedhattho avijjattho, apariññātattho viññāṇassa bījattho. Yattha avupacchedo tattha santati, yattha santati tattha nibbatti ¶ , yattha nibbatti tattha phalaṃ, yattha phalaṃ tattha paṭisandhi, yattha paṭisandhi tattha punabbhavo, yattha punabbhavo tattha palibodho, yattha palibodho tattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ, yattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ tattha asamugghāto. Yattha asamugghāto tattha anusayo, yattha anusayo tattha asampaṭivedho, yattha asampaṭivedho tattha avijjā, yattha avijjā tattha sāsavaṃ viññāṇaṃ apariññātaṃ, yattha sāsavaṃ viññāṇaṃ apariññātaṃ tattha bījattho.

Sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandhassa paccayo, samādhikkhandho paññākkhandhassa paccayo, paññākkhandho vimuttikkhandhassa paccayo, vimuttikkhandho vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhassa paccayo. Titthaññutā pītaññutāya paccayo, pītaññutā pattaññutāya paccayo, pattaññutā attaññutāya paccayo.

Yathā ¶ vā pana cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tattha cakkhu ādhipateyyapaccayatāya paccayo, rūpā ārammaṇapaccayatāya paccayo. Āloko sannissayatāya paccayo, manasikāro sabhāvo hetu ¶ . Saṅkhārā viññāṇassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Saḷāyatanaṃ phassassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Phasso vedanāya paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Vedanā taṇhāya paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Taṇhā upādānassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Upādānaṃ bhavassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Bhavo jātiyā paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Jāti jarāmaraṇassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Jarāmaraṇaṃ sokassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Soko paridevassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Paridevo dukkhassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Dukkhaṃ domanassassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Domanassaṃ upāyāsassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Evaṃ yo koci upanissayo sabbo so parikkhāro. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘ye dhammā yaṃ dhammaṃ janayantī’’ti.

Niyutto parikkhāro hāro.

16. Samāropanahāravibhaṅgo

50. Tattha ¶ katamo samāropano hāro? ‘‘Ye dhammā yaṃmūlā, ye cekatthā pakāsitā muninā’’ti.

Ekasmiṃ padaṭṭhāne yattakāni padaṭṭhānāni otaranti, sabbāni tāni samāropayitabbāni. Yathā āvaṭṭe hāre bahukāni padaṭṭhānāni otarantīti. Tattha samāropanā catubbidhā padaṭṭhānaṃ, vevacanaṃ, bhāvanā, pahānamiti.

Tattha katamā padaṭṭhānena samāropanā?

‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā;

Sacittapariyodapanaṃ, etaṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti.

Tassa kiṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ? Tīṇi sucaritāni – kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ – idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ; tattha yaṃ kāyikañca vācasikañca sucaritaṃ, ayaṃ sīlakkhandho. Manosucarite yā ¶ anabhijjhā abyāpādo ca, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho. Yā sammādiṭṭhi, ayaṃ paññākkhandho. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha sīlakkhandho ¶ ca samādhikkhandho ca samatho, paññākkhandho vipassanā. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha samathassa phalaṃ rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, vipassanā phalaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.

Vanaṃ vanathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kiñca vanaṃ? Ko ca vanatho? Vanaṃ nāma pañca kāmaguṇā, taṇhā vanatho. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vanaṃ ¶ nāma nimittaggāho ‘‘itthī’’ti vā ‘‘puriso’’ti vā. Vanatho nāma tesaṃ tesaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ anubyañjanaggāho ‘‘aho cakkhu, aho sotaṃ, aho ghānaṃ, aho jivhā, aho kāyo, iti. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vanaṃ nāma cha ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni apariññātāni. Yaṃ tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ, ayaṃ vanatho. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vanaṃ nāma anusayo. Vanatho nāma pariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘chetvā vanañca vanathañcā’’ti. Ayaṃ padaṭṭhānena samāropanā.

51. Tattha katamā vevacanena samāropanā? Rāgavirāgā cetovimutti sekkhaphalaṃ; avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti asekkhaphalaṃ. Idaṃ vevacanaṃ. Rāgavirāgā cetovimutti anāgāmiphalaṃ; avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ. Idaṃ vevacanaṃ. Rāgavirāgā cetovimutti kāmadhātusamatikkamanaṃ; avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti tedhātusamatikkamanaṃ. Idaṃ vevacanaṃ. Paññindriyaṃ, paññābalaṃ, adhipaññāsikkhā, paññākkhandho, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo, ñāṇaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi, tīraṇā, santīraṇā, hirī, vipassanā, dhamme ñāṇaṃ, sabbaṃ, idaṃ vevacanaṃ. Ayaṃ vevacanena samāropanā.

Tattha katamā bhāvanāya samāropanā? Yathāha bhagavā ‘‘tasmātiha tvaṃ bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharāhi, ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ’’. Ātāpīti ¶ vīriyindriyaṃ. Sampajānoti paññindriyaṃ. Satimāti satindriyaṃ. Vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassanti samādhindriyaṃ. Evaṃ kāye kāyānupassino viharato cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Kena kāraṇena? Ekalakkhaṇattā catunnaṃ indriyānaṃ. Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Catūsu sammappadhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro iddhipādā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Catūsu iddhipādesu bhāviyamānesu pañcindriyāni bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Evaṃ sabbe ¶ . Kena kāraṇena? Sabbe hi ¶ bodhaṅgamā dhammā bodhipakkhiyā niyyānikalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā, te ekalakkhaṇattā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ bhāvanāya samāropanā.

Tattha katamā pahānena samāropanā? Kāye kāyānupassī viharanto ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, kabaḷīkāro cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, kāmupādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, kāmayogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, abhijjhākāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, kāmāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, kāmoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, rāgasallena ca visallo bhavati, rūpūpikā [rūpupikā (ka.) evamuparipi] cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, rūpadhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca chandāgatiṃ gacchati.

Vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, phasso cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, bhavūpādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, bhavayogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, byāpādakāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, bhavāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, bhavoghañca ¶ uttiṇṇo bhavati, dosasallena ca visallo bhavati, vedanūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, vedanādhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca dosāgatiṃ gacchati.

Citte cittānupassī viharanto ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, viññāṇaṃ cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, diṭṭhupādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, diṭṭhiyogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, sīlabbataparāmāsakāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, diṭṭhāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, diṭṭhoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, mānasallena ca visallo bhavati, saññūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, saññādhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca bhayāgatiṃ gacchati.

Dhammesu dhammānupassī viharanto ‘‘anattani [anattaniye (sī.) passa a. ni. 4.49] attā’’ti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, manosañcetanā cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, attavādupādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, avijjāyogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, avijjāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, avijjoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, mohasallena ca visallo bhavati ¶ , saṅkhārūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, saṅkhāradhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca mohāgatiṃ gacchati. Ayaṃ pahānena samāropanā.

Tenāha ¶ āyasmā mahākaccāyano –

‘‘Ye dhammā yaṃ mūlā, ye cekatthā pakāsitā muninā;

Te samāropayitabbā, esa samāropano hāro’’ti.

Niyutto samāropano hāro.

Niṭṭhito ca hāravibhaṅgo.

1. Desanāhārasampāto

52.

‘‘Soḷasa ¶ ¶ hārā paṭhamaṃ, disalocanato disā viloketvā;

Saṅkhipiya aṅkusena hi, nayehi tīhi niddise sutta’’nti.

Vuttā, tassā niddeso kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbo? Hārasampāte. Tattha katamo desanāhārasampāto?

‘‘Arakkhitena cittena [kāyena (udā. 32)], micchādiṭṭhihatena ca;

Thinamiddhābhibhūtena, vasaṃ mārassa gacchatī’’ti.

Arakkhitena cittenāti kiṃ desayati, pamādaṃ taṃ maccuno padaṃ. Micchādiṭṭhihatena cāti micchādiṭṭhihataṃ nāma vuccati yadā ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti passati, so vipallāso. So pana vipallāso kiṃlakkhaṇo? Viparītaggāhalakkhaṇo vipallāso. So kiṃ vipallāsayati? Tayo dhamme saññaṃ cittaṃ diṭṭhimiti. So kuhiṃ vipallāsayati? Catūsu attabhāvavatthūsu, rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Evaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ…pe… saṅkhāre…pe… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.

Tattha ¶ rūpaṃ paṭhamaṃ vipallāsavatthu ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti. Vedanā dutiyaṃ vipallāsavatthu ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti. Saññā saṅkhārā ca tatiyaṃ vipallāsavatthu ‘‘anattani attā’’ti. Viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ vipallāsavatthu ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti. Dve ¶ dhammā cittassa saṃkilesā – taṇhā ca avijjā ca. Taṇhānivutaṃ cittaṃ dvīhi vipallāsehi vipallāsīyati ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti. Diṭṭhinivutaṃ cittaṃ dvīhi vipallāsehi vipallāsīyati ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti ‘‘anattani attā’’ti.

Tattha yo diṭṭhivipallāso, so atītaṃ rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, atītaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… atītaṃ saññaṃ, atīte saṅkhāre…pe… atītaṃ viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati. Tattha yo taṇhāvipallāso, so anāgataṃ rūpaṃ abhinandati, anāgataṃ vedanaṃ…pe… anāgataṃ saññaṃ, anāgate saṅkhāre, anāgataṃ viññāṇaṃ abhinandati. Dve dhammā cittassa ¶ upakkilesā – taṇhā ca avijjā ca. Tāhi visujjhantaṃ cittaṃ visujjhati. Tesaṃ avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ pubbā koṭi na paññāyati sandhāvantānaṃ saṃsarantānaṃ sakiṃ nirayaṃ sakiṃ tiracchānayoniṃ sakiṃ pettivisayaṃ sakiṃ asurakāyaṃ sakiṃ deve sakiṃ manusse.

Thinamiddhābhibhūtenāti. Thinaṃ [thīnaṃ (sī.)] nāma yā cittassa akallatā akammaniyatā; middhaṃ nāma yaṃ kāyassa līnattaṃ. Vasaṃ mārassa gacchatīti kilesamārassa ca sattamārassa ca vasaṃ gacchati, so hi nivuto saṃsārābhimukho hoti. Imāni bhagavatā dve saccāni desitāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca. Tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya ca pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya. Yena ca parijānāti yena ca pajahati, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ taṇhāya avijjāya ca pahānaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘arakkhitena cittenā’’ti. Tenāhāyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘assādādīnavatā’’ti.

Niyutto desanā hārasampāto.

2. Vicayahārasampāto

53. Tattha ¶ ¶ katamo vicayo hārasampāto? Tattha taṇhā duvidhā kusalāpi akusalāpi. Akusalā saṃsāragāminī, kusalā apacayagāminī pahānataṇhā. Mānopi duvidho kusalopi akusalopi. Yaṃ mānaṃ nissāya mānaṃ pajahati, ayaṃ māno kusalo. Yo pana māno dukkhaṃ nibbattayati, ayaṃ māno akusalo. Tattha yaṃ nekkhammasitaṃ domanassaṃ kudāssunāmāhaṃ taṃ āyatanaṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissaṃ yaṃ ariyā santaṃ āyatanaṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti tassa uppajjati pihā, pihāpaccayā domanassaṃ, ayaṃ taṇhā kusalā rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, tadārammaṇā kusalā avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti.

Tassā ko pavicayo? Aṭṭha maggaṅgāni sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi. So kattha daṭṭhabbo? Catutthe jhāne pāramitāya. Catutthe hi jhāne aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ cittaṃ bhāvayati parisuddhaṃ pariyodātaṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ vigatūpakkilesaṃ mudu kammaniyaṃ ṭhitaṃ āneñjappattaṃ. So tattha aṭṭhavidhaṃ adhigacchati cha abhiññā dve ca visese, taṃ cittaṃ yato parisuddhaṃ, tato pariyodātaṃ, yato pariyodātaṃ ¶ , tato anaṅgaṇaṃ, yato anaṅgaṇaṃ, tato vigatūpakkilesaṃ, yato vigatūpakkilesaṃ, tato mudu, yato mudu, tato kammaniyaṃ, yato kammaniyaṃ, tato ṭhitaṃ, yato ṭhitaṃ, tato āneñjappattaṃ. Tattha ¶ aṅgaṇā ca upakkilesā ca tadubhayaṃ taṇhāpakkho. Yā ca iñjanā yā ca cittassa aṭṭhiti, ayaṃ diṭṭhipakkho.

Cattāri indriyāni dukkhindriyaṃ domanassindriyaṃ sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyañca catutthajjhāne nirujjhanti, tassa upekkhindriyaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ bhavati. So uparimaṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroti, tassa uparimaṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroto catutthajjhāne oḷārikā saññā saṇṭhahati ukkaṇṭhā ca paṭighasaññā, so sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘‘anantaṃ ākāsa’’nti ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Abhiññābhinīhāro rūpasaññā vokāro nānattasaññā samatikkamati paṭighasaññā cassa abbhatthaṃ gacchati, evaṃ samādhi tassa samāhitassa obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ, so samādhi chaḷaṅgasamannāgato paccavekkhitabbo ¶ . Anabhijjhāsahagataṃ me mānasaṃ sabbaloke, abyāpannaṃ me cittaṃ sabbasattesu, āraddhaṃ me vīriyaṃ paggahitaṃ, passaddho me kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ me cittaṃ avikkhittaṃ, upaṭṭhitā me sati asammuṭṭhā [appammuṭṭhā (sī.)], tattha yañca anabhijjhāsahagataṃ mānasaṃ sabbaloke yañca abyāpannaṃ cittaṃ sabbasattesu yañca āraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ paggahitaṃ yañca samāhitaṃ cittaṃ avikkhittaṃ, ayaṃ samatho. Yo passaddho kāyo asāraddho, ayaṃ samādhiparikkhāro. Yā upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā ayaṃ vipassanā.

54. So samādhi pañcavidhena veditabbo. Ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘paccuppannasukho’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘āyatiṃ sukhavipāko’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘ariyo nirāmiso’’ti itissa ¶ paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘akāpurisasevito’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘santo ceva paṇīto ca paṭippassaddhiladdho ca ekodibhāvādhigato ca na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato [sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritavato (sī.), sasaṅkhāraniggayhavārivāvaṭo (ka.)] cā’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati. Taṃ kho panimaṃ samādhiṃ ‘‘sato samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati. Tattha yo ca samādhi paccuppannasukho yo ca samādhi āyatiṃ sukhavipāko ayaṃ samatho. Yo ca samādhi ariyo nirāmiso, yo ca samādhi akāpurisasevito, yo ca samādhi santo ceva paṇīto paṭippassaddhiladdho ¶ ca ekodibhāvādhigato ca na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato ca yañcāhaṃ taṃ kho panimaṃ samādhiṃ sato samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmīti, ayaṃ vipassanā.

So samādhi pañcavidhena veditabbo pītipharaṇatā sukhapharaṇatā cetopharaṇatā ālokapharaṇatā paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ. Tattha yo ca pītipharaṇo yo ca sukhapharaṇo yo ca cetopharaṇo, ayaṃ samatho. Yo ca ālokapharaṇo yañca paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ. Ayaṃ vipassanā.

55. Dasa ¶ kasiṇāyatanāni pathavīkasiṇaṃ āpokasiṇaṃ tejokasiṇaṃ vāyokasiṇaṃ nīlakasiṇaṃ pītakasiṇaṃ lohitakasiṇaṃ odātakasiṇaṃ ākāsakasiṇaṃ viññāṇakasiṇaṃ. Tattha yañca pathavīkasiṇaṃ yañca āpokasiṇaṃ evaṃ sabbaṃ, yañca odātakasiṇaṃ. Imāni aṭṭha kasiṇāni samatho. Yañca ākāsakasiṇaṃ yañca viññāṇakasiṇaṃ, ayaṃ vipassanā. Evaṃ sabbo ariyo maggo yena yena ākārena vutto, tena tena samathavipassanena yojayitabbo. Te ¶ tīhi dhammehi saṅgahitā aniccatāya dukkhatāya anattatāya. So samathavipassanaṃ bhāvayamāno tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni bhāvayati. Tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni bhāvayanto tayo khandhe bhāvayati. Tayo khandhe bhāvayanto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvayati.

Rāgacarito puggalo animittena vimokkhamukhena niyyāti [nīyāti (sī.)] adhicittasikkhāya sikkhanto lobhaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pajahanto sukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ anupagacchanto sukhaṃ vedanaṃ parijānanto rāgamalaṃ pavāhento rāgarajaṃ niddhunanto rāgavisaṃ vamento rāgaggiṃ nibbāpento rāgasallaṃ uppāṭento rāgajaṭaṃ vijaṭento. Dosacarito puggalo appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena niyyāti adhisīlasikkhāya sikkhanto dosaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pajahanto dukkhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ anupagacchanto dukkhavedanaṃ parijānanto dosamalaṃ pavāhento dosarajaṃ niddhunanto dosavisaṃ vamento dosaggiṃ nibbāpento dosasallaṃ uppāṭento dosajaṭaṃ vijaṭento. Mohacarito puggalo suññatavimokkhamukhena niyyāti adhipaññāsikkhāya sikkhanto mohaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pajahanto adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ anupagacchanto adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ parijānanto mohamalaṃ pavāhento moharajaṃ niddhunanto mohavisaṃ vamento mohaggiṃ nibbāpento mohasallaṃ uppāṭento mohajaṭaṃ vijaṭento.

Tattha suññatavimokkhamukhaṃ paññākkhandho, animittavimokkhamukhaṃ samādhikkhandho, appaṇihitavimokkhamukhaṃ ¶ sīlakkhandho. So tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni bhāvayanto tayo khandhe bhāvayati, tayo khandhe bhāvayanto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvayati. Tattha ¶ yā ca sammāvācā yo ca sammākammanto yo ca sammāājīvo, ayaṃ sīlakkhandho, yo ca sammāvāyāmo ¶ yā ca sammāsati yo ca sammāsamādhi, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho, yā ca sammādiṭṭhi yo ca sammāsaṅkappo, ayaṃ paññākkhandho.

Tattha sīlakkhandho ca samādhikkhandho ca samatho, paññākkhandho vipassanā. Yo samathavipassanaṃ bhāveti, tassa dve bhavaṅgāni bhāvanaṃ gacchanti kāyo cittañca, bhavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā dve padāni sīlaṃ samādhi ca. So hoti bhikkhu bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño. Kāye bhāviyamāne dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammākammanto sammāvāyāmo ca, sīle bhāviyamāne dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammāvācā sammāājīvo ca, citte bhāviyamāne dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammāsati sammāsamādhi ca, paññāya bhāviyamānāya dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo ca.

Tattha yo ca sammākammanto yo ca sammāvāyāmo siyā kāyiko siyā cetasiko, tattha yo kāyasaṅgaho, so kāye bhāvite bhāvanaṃ gacchati, yo cittasaṅgaho, so citte bhāvite bhāvanaṃ gacchati. So samathavipassanaṃ bhāvayanto pañcavidhaṃ adhigamaṃ gacchati [adhigacchati (sī.)] khippādhigamo ca hoti, vimuttādhigamo ca hoti, mahādhigamo ca hoti, vipulādhigamo ca hoti, anavasesādhigamo ca hoti. Tattha samathena khippādhigamo ca mahādhigamo ca vipulādhigamo ca hoti, vipassanāya vimuttādhigamo ca anavasesādhigamo ca hoti.

56. Tattha yo desayati, so dasabalasamannāgato satthā ovādena sāvake na visaṃvādayati. So tividhaṃ idaṃ karotha ¶ iminā upāyena karotha idaṃ vo kurumānānaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati, so tathā ovadito tathānusiṭṭho tathākaronto tathāpaṭipajjanto taṃ bhūmiṃ na pāpuṇissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. So tathā ovadito tathānusiṭṭho sīlakkhandhaṃ aparipūrayanto taṃ bhūmiṃ anupāpuṇissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. So tathā ovadito tathānusiṭṭho sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūrayanto taṃ bhūmiṃ anupāpuṇissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.

Sammāsambuddhassa te sato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇassa te sato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇāti netaṃ ¶ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yassa te ¶ atthāya dhammo desito, so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Sāvako kho pana te dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī so pubbena aparaṃ uḷāraṃ visesādhigamaṃ na sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

Ye kho pana dhammā antarāyikā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ye kho pana dhammā aniyyānikā, te niyyanti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ye kho pana dhammā niyyānikā, te niyyanti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Sāvako kho pana te saupādiseso anupādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ anupāpuṇissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

Diṭṭhisampanno mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya hatthehi vā pādehi vā suhataṃ kareyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya hatthehi vā pādehi vā suhataṃ kareyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Evaṃ pitaraṃ, arahantaṃ, bhikkhuṃ. Diṭṭhisampanno puggalo saṅghaṃ bhindeyya saṅghe vā saṅgharājiṃ janeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano saṅghaṃ ¶ bhindeyya saṅghe vā saṅgharājiṃ janeyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, diṭṭhisampanno tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto lohitaṃ uppādeyya, parinibbutassa vā tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto thūpaṃ bhindeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Puthujjano tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto lohitaṃ uppādeyya, parinibbutassa vā tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto thūpaṃ bhindeyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Diṭṭhisampanno aññaṃ satthāraṃ apadiseyya api jīvitahetūti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano aññaṃ satthāraṃ apadiseyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Diṭṭhisampanno ito bahiddhā aññaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyeseyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano ito bahiddhā aññaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyeseyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, diṭṭhisampanno kutūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ pacceyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Puthujjano kutūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ pacceyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.

57. Itthī rājā cakkavattī siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso rājā cakkavattī siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati; itthī sakko devānamindo siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso sakko devānamindo siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati; itthī māro pāpimā siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso māro pāpimā ¶ siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati; itthī mahābrahmā siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso mahābrahmā siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati; itthī tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ¶ siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.

Dve tathāgatā arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā uppajjeyyuṃ vā dhammaṃ vā deseyyunti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, ekova tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ekissā lokadhātuyā uppajjissati vā dhammaṃ vā desessatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.

Tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ iṭṭho kanto piyo manāpo vipāko bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ aniṭṭho akanto appiyo amanāpo vipāko bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati ¶ . Tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ aniṭṭho akanto appiyo amanāpo vipāko bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ iṭṭho kanto piyo manāpo vipāko bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.

Aññataro samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā kuhako lapako nemittako kuhanalapananemittakattaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā pañca nīvaraṇe appahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu anupaṭṭhitassati [anupaṭṭhitasati (sī.)] viharanto satta bojjhaṅge abhāvayitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, aññataro samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā sabbadosāpagato pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu upaṭṭhitassati viharanto satta bojjhaṅge bhāvayitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso idaṃ vuccati ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.

Iti ṭhānāṭṭhānagatā sabbe khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā keci saggūpagā keci apāyūpagā keci nibbānūpagā, evaṃ bhagavā āha –

58.

Sabbe ¶ sattā [passa saṃ. ni. 1.133] marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ;

Yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā;

Nirayaṃ pāpakammantā, puññakammā ca suggatiṃ;

Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavāti [parinibbanti anāsavāti (sī. ka.)].

Sabbe ¶ sattāti ariyā ca anariyā ca sakkāyapariyāpannā ca sakkāyavītivattā ca. Marissantīti dvīhi maraṇehi dandhamaraṇena ca adandhamaraṇena ca, sakkāyapariyāpannānaṃ adandhamaraṇaṃ sakkāyavītivattānaṃ dandhamaraṇaṃ. Maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitanti khayā āyussa indriyānaṃ uparodhā jīvitapariyanto maraṇapariyanto. Yathākammaṃ gamissantīti kammassakatā. Puññapāpaphalūpagāti kammānaṃ phaladassāvitā ca avippavāso ca.

Nirayaṃ pāpakammantāti apuññasaṅkhārā. Puññakammā ca suggatinti puññasaṅkhārā ¶ sugatiṃ gamissanti. Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavāti sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ samatikkamanaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘sabbe…pe… nāsavā’’ti.

‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ. Yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā. Nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti āgāḷhā ca nijjhāmā ca paṭipadā. ‘‘Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti majjhimā paṭipadā. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ, yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti ayaṃ saṃkileso. Evaṃ saṃsāraṃ nibbattayati. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti…pe… nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti ime tayo vaṭṭā dukkhavaṭṭo kammavaṭṭo kilesavaṭṭo. ‘‘Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti tiṇṇaṃ vaṭṭānaṃ vivaṭṭanā. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti…pe… nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti ādīnavo, ‘‘puññakammā ca suggati’’nti assādo, ‘‘apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti nissaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti…pe… nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti hetu ca phalañca, pañcakkhandhā phalaṃ, taṇhā hetu, ‘‘apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti maggo ca phalañca. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ. Yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti ayaṃ saṃkileso, so saṃkileso tividho taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkilesoti.

59. Tattha ¶ taṇhāsaṃkileso tīhi taṇhāhi niddisitabbo – kāmataṇhāya bhavataṇhāya vibhavataṇhāya. Yena yena vā pana vatthunā ajjhosito, tena teneva niddisitabbo, tassā vitthāro chattiṃsāya taṇhāya jāliniyā vicaritāni. Tattha diṭṭhisaṃkileso ucchedasassatena niddisitabbo, yena yena vā pana vatthunā diṭṭhivasena abhinivisati, ‘‘idameva ¶ saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti tena teneva niddisitabbo, tassā vitthāro dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni. Tattha duccaritasaṃkileso cetanā cetasikakammena niddisitabbo, tīhi duccaritehi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena ¶ manoduccaritena, tassā vitthāro dasa akusalakammapathā. Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavāti idaṃ vodānaṃ.

Tayidaṃ vodānaṃ tividhaṃ; taṇhāsaṃkileso samathena visujjhati, so samatho samādhikkhandho, diṭṭhisaṃkileso vipassanāya visujjhati, sā vipassanā paññākkhandho, duccaritasaṃkileso sucaritena visujjhati, taṃ sucaritaṃ sīlakkhandho.

‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ, yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti apuññappaṭipadā, ‘‘puññakammā ca suggati’’nti puññappaṭipadā, ‘‘apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti puññapāpasamatikkamappaṭipadā, tattha yā ca puññappaṭipadā yā ca apuññappaṭipadā, ayaṃ ekā paṭipadā sabbatthagāminī ekā apāyesu, ekā devesu, yā ca puññapāpasamatikkamā paṭipadā ayaṃ tattha tattha gāminī paṭipadā.

Tayo rāsī – micchattaniyato rāsi, sammattaniyato rāsi, aniyato rāsi, tattha yo ca micchattaniyato rāsi yo ca sammattaniyato rāsi ekā paṭipadā tattha tattha gāminī, tattha yo aniyato rāsi, ayaṃ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā. Kena kāraṇena? Paccayaṃ labhanto niraye upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto tiracchānayonīsu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto pettivisayesu ¶ upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto asuresu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto devesu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto manussesu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto parinibbāyeyya, tasmāyaṃ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā, yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ vuccati sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā ñāṇaṃ dutiyaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.

Iti ¶ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā anekadhātuloko, tattha tattha gāminī paṭipadā nānādhātuloko. Tattha katamo anekadhātuloko? Cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu, sotadhātu saddadhātu sotaviññāṇadhātu, ghānadhātu gandhadhātu ghānaviññāṇadhātu, jivhādhātu rasadhātu jivhāviññāṇadhātu, kāyadhātu phoṭṭhabbadhātu kāyaviññāṇadhātu, manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu, pathavīdhātu, āpodhātu, tejodhātu, vāyodhātu, ākāsadhātu, viññāṇadhātu, kāmadhātu, byāpādadhātu, vihiṃsādhātu, nekkhammadhātu, abyāpādadhātu, avihiṃsādhātu, dukkhadhātu, domanassadhātu ¶ , avijjādhātu, sukhadhātu, somanassadhātu, upekkhādhātu, rūpadhātu, arūpadhātu, nirodhadhātu, saṅkhāradhātu, nibbānadhātu, ayaṃ anekadhātuloko.

Tattha katamo nānādhātuloko? Aññā cakkhudhātu, aññā rūpadhātu, aññā cakkhuviññāṇadhātu. Evaṃ sabbā. Aññā nibbānadhātu. Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ vuccati anekadhātu nānādhātu ñāṇaṃ tatiyaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.

60. Iti anekadhātu nānādhātukassa lokassa yaṃ yadeva dhātuṃ sattā adhimuccanti, taṃ tadeva adhiṭṭhahanti abhinivisanti, keci rūpādhimuttā, keci saddādhimuttā, keci gandhādhimuttā, keci rasādhimuttā, keci phoṭṭhabbādhimuttā, keci dhammādhimuttā, keci itthādhimuttā, keci purisādhimuttā, keci cāgādhimuttā, keci hīnādhimuttā ¶ , keci paṇītādhimuttā, keci devādhimuttā, keci manussādhimuttā, keci nibbānādhimuttā. Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, ayaṃ veneyyo, ayaṃ na veneyyo, ayaṃ saggagāmī, ayaṃ duggatigāmīti, idaṃ vuccati sattānaṃ nānādhimuttikatā ñāṇaṃ catutthaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.

Iti te yathādhimuttā ca bhavanti, taṃ taṃ kammasamādānaṃ samādiyanti. Te chabbidhaṃ kammaṃ samādiyanti – keci lobhavasena, keci dosavasena, keci mohavasena, keci saddhāvasena, keci vīriyavasena, keci paññāvasena. Taṃ vibhajjamānaṃ duvidhaṃ – saṃsāragāmi ca nibbānagāmi ca.

Tattha yaṃ lobhavasena dosavasena mohavasena ca kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ. Tattha yaṃ saddhāvasena kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ sukkaṃ ¶ sukkavipākaṃ. Tattha yaṃ lobhavasena dosavasena mohavasena saddhāvasena ca kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ. Tattha yaṃ vīriyavasena paññāvasena ca kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammuttamaṃ kammaseṭṭhaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati.

Cattāri kammasamādānāni. Atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ, atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ, atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiṃ ca dukkhavipākaṃ, atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiṃ ca sukhavipākaṃ. Yaṃ evaṃ jātiyaṃ kammasamādānaṃ, iminā puggalena akusalakammasamādānaṃ ¶ upacitaṃ avipakkaṃ vipākāya paccupaṭṭhitaṃ na ca bhabbo abhinibbidhā gantunti taṃ ¶ bhagavā na ovadati. Yathā devadattaṃ kokālikaṃ sunakkhattaṃ licchaviputtaṃ, ye vā panaññepi sattā micchattaniyatā imesañca puggalānaṃ upacitaṃ akusalaṃ na ca tāva pāripūriṃ gataṃ, purā pāripūriṃ gacchati. Purā phalaṃ nibbattayati, purā maggamāvārayati, purā veneyyattaṃ samatikkamatīti te bhagavā asamatte ovadati. Yathā puṇṇañca govatikaṃ acelañca kukkuravatikaṃ.

61. Imassa ca puggalassa akusalakammasamādānaṃ paripūramānaṃ maggaṃ āvārayissati purā pāripūriṃ gacchati, purā phalaṃ nibbattayati, purā maggamāvārayati, purā veneyyattaṃ samatikkamatīti taṃ bhagavā asamattaṃ ovadati. Yathā āyasmantaṃ aṅgulimālaṃ.

Sabbesaṃ mudumajjhādhimattatā. Tattha mudu āneñjābhisaṅkhārā majjhaṃ avasesakusalasaṅkhārā, adhimattaṃ akusalasaṅkhārā, yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ upapajjavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ aparāpariyavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ nirayavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ tiracchānavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ pettivisayavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ asuravedanīyaṃ, idaṃ devavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ manussavedanīyanti, idaṃ vuccati atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ kammasamādānānaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso vipākavemattatā ñāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.

62. Iti tathā samādinnānaṃ kammānaṃ samādinnānaṃ jhānānaṃ vimokkhānaṃ samādhīnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, idaṃ vodānaṃ, idaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ, evaṃ saṃkilissati, evaṃ vodāyati, evaṃ vuṭṭhahatīti ñāṇaṃ anāvaraṇaṃ.

Tattha ¶ kati jhānāni? Cattāri ¶ jhānāni. Kati vimokkhā? Ekādasa ca aṭṭha ca satta ca tayo ca dve ca. Kati samādhī? Tayo samādhī – savitakko savicāro samādhi, avitakko vicāramatto samādhi, avitakko avicāro samādhi. Kati samāpattiyo? Pañca samāpattiyo – saññāsamāpatti asaññāsamāpatti nevasaññānāsaññāsamāpatti vibhūtasaññāsamāpatti [vibhūtasamāpatti (sī. ka.)] nirodhasamāpatti.

Tattha katamo saṃkileso? Paṭhamajjhānassa kāmarāgabyāpādā saṃkileso. Ye ca kukkuṭajhāyī dve paṭhamakā yo vā pana koci hānabhāgiyo samādhi, ayaṃ saṃkileso. Tattha katamaṃ ¶ vodānaṃ, nīvaraṇapārisuddhi, paṭhamassa jhānassa ye ca kukkuṭajhāyī dve pacchimakā yo vā pana koci visesabhāgiyo samādhi, idaṃ vodānaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ? Yaṃ samāpattivuṭṭhānakosallaṃ, idaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ. Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ vuccati sabbesaṃ jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ saṃkilesavodānavuṭṭhānañāṇaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.

63. Iti tasseva samādhissa tayo dhammā parivārā indriyāni balāni vīriyamiti, tāniyeva indriyāni vīriyavasena balāni bhavanti, ādhipateyyaṭṭhena indriyāni, akampiyaṭṭhena balāni, iti tesaṃ mudumajjhādhimattatā ayaṃ mudindriyo ayaṃ majjhindriyo ayaṃ tikkhindriyoti. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyaṃ saṃkhittena ovādena ovadati, majjhindriyaṃ bhagavā saṃkhittavitthārena ovadati, mudindriyaṃ bhagavā vitthārena ovadati. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa mudukaṃ dhammadesanaṃ upadisati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā mudutikkhadhammadesanaṃ ¶ upadisati, mudindriyassa bhagavā tikkhaṃ dhammadesanaṃ upadisati. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa samathaṃ upadisati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā samathavipassanaṃ upadisati, mudindriyassa bhagavā vipassanaṃ upadisati. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa nissaraṇaṃ upadisati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati, mudindriyassa bhagavā assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa adhipaññāsikkhāya paññāpayati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā adhicittasikkhāya paññāpayati, mudindriyassa bhagavā adhisīlasikkhāya paññāpayati.

Yaṃ ¶ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso ayaṃ imaṃ bhūmiṃ bhāvanañca gato, imāya velāya imāya anusāsaniyā evaṃ dhātuko cāyaṃ ayaṃ cassa āsayo ayañca anusayo iti, idaṃ vuccati parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ indriyaparopariyattavemattatā ñāṇaṃ sattamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.

Iti tattha yaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Seyyathidaṃ, ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekānipi jātisatāni anekānipi jātisahassāni anekānipi jātisatasahassāni anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe. Amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ. Tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo ¶ evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so ¶ tato cuto idhūpapannoti, iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.

64. Tattha saggūpagesu ca sattesu manussūpagesu ca sattesu apāyūpagesu ca sattesu imassa puggalassa lobhādayo ussannā alobhādayo mandā, imassa puggalassa alobhādayo ussannā lobhādayo mandā, ye vā pana ussannā ye vā pana mandā imassa puggalassa imāni indriyāni upacitāni imassa puggalassa imāni indriyāni anupacitāni amukāya vā kappakoṭiyaṃ kappasatasahasse vā kappasahasse vā kappasate vā kappe vā antarakappe vā upaḍḍhakappe vā saṃvacchare vā upaḍḍhasaṃvacchare vā māse vā pakkhe vā divase vā muhutte vā iminā pamādena vā pasādena vāti. Taṃ taṃ bhavaṃ bhagavā anussaranto asesaṃ jānāti, tattha yaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā ¶ micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā.

Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā, tattha saggūpagesu ca sattesu manussūpagesu ca sattesu apāyūpagesu ca sattesu iminā puggalena evarūpaṃ kammaṃ amukāya kappakoṭiyaṃ upacitaṃ kappasatasahasse vā kappasahasse vā ¶ kappasate vā kappe vā antarakappe vā upaḍḍhakappe vā saṃvacchare vā upaḍḍhasaṃvacchare vā māse vā pakkhe vā divase vā muhutte vā iminā pamādena vā pasādena vāti. Imāni bhagavato dve ñāṇāni – pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇañca dibbacakkhu ca aṭṭhamaṃ navamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.

Iti tattha yaṃ sabbaññutā pattā viditā sabbadhammā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ uppannaṃ sabbaññutañāṇaṃ nihato māro bodhimūle, idaṃ bhagavato dasamaṃ balaṃ sabbāsavaparikkhayaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Dasabalasamannāgatā hi buddhā bhagavantoti.

Niyutto vicayo hārasampāto.

3. Yuttihārasampāto

65.

Tattha ¶ katamo yuttihārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro;

Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ;

Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti.

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti rakkhitacittassa sammāsaṅkappagocaro bhavissatīti yujjati, sammāsaṅkappagocaro sammādiṭṭhi bhavissatīti yujjati, sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro viharanto udayabbayaṃ paṭivijjhissatīti yujjati, udayabbayaṃ paṭivijjhanto sabbā duggatiyo jahissatīti yujjati. Sabbā duggatiyo jahanto sabbāni duggativinipātabhayāni samatikkamissatīti yujjatīti.

Niyutto yuttihārasampāto.

4. Padaṭṭhānahārasampāto

66. Tattha ¶ ¶ katamo padaṭṭhāno hārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassā’’ti tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Ñatvāna udayabbaya’’nti dassanabhūmiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhū’’ti vīriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti bhāvanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.

Niyutto padaṭṭhāno hārasampāto.

5. Lakkhaṇahārasampāto

67. Tattha ¶ katamo lakkhaṇo hārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti idaṃ satindriyaṃ, satindriye gahite gahitāni bhavanti pañcindriyāni. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti sammādiṭṭhiyā gahitāya gahito bhavati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Taṃ kissa hetu? Sammādiṭṭhito hi sammāsaṅkappo pabhavati, sammāsaṅkappato sammāvācā pabhavati, sammāvācāto sammākammanto pabhavati, sammākammantato sammāājīvo pabhavati, sammāājīvato sammāvāyāmo pabhavati, sammāvāyāmato sammāsati pabhavati, sammāsatito sammāsamādhi pabhavati, sammāsamādhito sammāvimutti pabhavati, sammāvimuttito sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ pabhavati.

Niyutto lakkhaṇo hārasampāto.

6. Catubyūhahārasampāto

68. Tattha ¶ katamo catubyūho hārasampāto.

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassā’’ti rakkhitaṃ paripālīyatīti esā nirutti. Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye duggatīhi parimuccitukāmā bhavissanti, te dhammacārino bhavissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Kokāliko hi sāriputtamoggallānesu ¶ theresu cittaṃ padosayitvā mahāpadumaniraye upapanno. Bhagavā ca satiārakkhena cetasā samannāgato, suttamhi vuttaṃ ‘‘satiyā cittaṃ rakkhitabba’’nti.

Niyutto catubyūho hārasampāto.

7. Āvaṭṭahārasampāto

69. Tattha ¶ katamo āvaṭṭo hārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti samatho [ayaṃ samatho (sī. ka.)]. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti vipassanā. ‘‘Ñatvāna udayabbaya’’nti dukkhapariññā. ‘‘Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhū’’ti samudayapahānaṃ. ‘‘Sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti nirodho [ayaṃ nirodho (sī. ka.)]. Imāni cattāri saccāni.

Niyutto āvaṭṭo hārasampāto.

8. Vibhattihārasampāto

70. Tattha katamo vibhattihārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. Kusalapakkho kusalapakkhena niddisitabbo. Akusalapakkho akusalapakkhena niddisitabbo.

Niyutto vibhattihārasampāto.

9. Parivattanahārasampāto

71. Tattha ¶ katamo parivattano hārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. Samathavipassanāya bhāvitāya nirodho phalaṃ, pariññātaṃ dukkhaṃ, samudayo pahīno, maggo bhāvito paṭipakkhena.

Niyutto parivattano hārasampāto.

10. Vevacanahārasampāto

72. Tattha ¶ ¶ katamo vevacano hārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassā’’ti cittaṃ mano viññāṇaṃ manindriyaṃ manāyatanaṃ vijānanā vijānitattaṃ, idaṃ vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti nekkhammasaṅkappo abyāpādasaṅkappo avihiṃsāsaṅkappo, idaṃ vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti sammādiṭṭhi nāma paññāsatthaṃ paññākhaggo paññāratanaṃ paññāpajjoto paññāpatodo paññāpāsādo, idaṃ vevacanaṃ.

Niyutto vevacano hārasampāto.

11. Paññattihārasampāto

73. Tattha katamo paññattihārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassā’’ti padaṭṭhānapaññatti satiyā. ‘‘Sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti bhāvanāpaññatti samathassa. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbaya’’nti dassanabhūmiyā nikkhepapaññatti. ‘‘Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhū’’ti samudayassa anavasesappahānapaññatti, ‘‘sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa.

Niyutto paññattihārasampāto.

12. Otaraṇahārasampāto

74. Tattha ¶ katamo otaraṇo hārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ ¶ . ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti sammādiṭṭhiyā gahitāya gahitāni bhavanti pañcindriyāni, ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.

Tāniyeva indriyāni vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ, ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādena otaraṇā.

Tāniyeva pañcindriyāni tīhi khandhehi saṅgahitāni – sīlakkhandhena samādhikkhandhena paññākkhandhena. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.

Tāni ¶ yeva pañcindriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni. Ye saṅkhārā anāsavā no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā, ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.

Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ no ca bhavaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.

Niyutto otaraṇo hārasampāto.

13. Sodhanahārasampāto

75. Tattha katamo sodhano hārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. Yattha ārambho suddho, so pañho visajjito bhavati. Yattha pana ārambho na suddho, na tāva so pañho visajjito bhavati.

Niyutto sodhano hārasampāto.

14. Adhiṭṭhānahārasampāto

76. Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hārasampāto?

Tasmā ¶ rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaroti gāthā. Tasmā rakkhitacittassāti ekattatā. Cittaṃ mano viññāṇaṃ, ayaṃ vemattatā. Sammāsaṅkappagocaroti ekattatā. Nekkhammasaṅkappo abyāpādasaṅkappo avihiṃsāsaṅkappo ¶ ayaṃ vemattatā. Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāroti ekattatā. Sammādiṭṭhi nāma yaṃ dukkhe ñāṇaṃ dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ magge ñāṇaṃ hetumhi ñāṇaṃ hetusamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ paccaye ñāṇaṃ paccayasamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ, yaṃ tattha tattha yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ abhisamayo sampaṭivedho saccāgamanaṃ, ayaṃ vemattatā. Ñatvāna udayabbayanti ekattatā, udayena avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, evaṃ sabbaṃ samudayo bhavati. Vayena avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ nirodho hoti, ayaṃ vemattatā. Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhūti ekattatā, thinaṃ nāma yā cittassa akallatā akammaniyatā, middhaṃ nāma yaṃ kāyassa līnattaṃ, ayaṃ vemattatā. Sabbā duggatiyo jaheti ekattatā, devamanusse vā upanidhāya ¶ apāyā duggati, nibbānaṃ vā upanidhāya sabbā upapattiyo duggati, ayaṃ vemattatā.

Niyutto adhiṭṭhāno hārasampāto.

15. Parikkhārahārasampāto

77. Tattha katamo parikkhāro hārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. Ayaṃ samathavipassanāya parikkhāro.

Niyutto parikkhāro hārasampāto.

16. Samāropanahārasampāto

78. Tattha katamo samāropano hārasampāto?

‘‘Tasmā ¶ rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro;

Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ;

Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti.

Tasmā ¶ rakkhitacittassāti tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, citte rakkhite taṃ rakkhitaṃ bhavati kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāroti sammādiṭṭhiyā bhāvitāya bhāvito bhavati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Kena kāraṇena? Sammādiṭṭhito hi sammāsaṅkappo pabhavati, sammāsaṅkappato sammāvācā pabhavati, sammāvācāto sammākammanto pabhavati, sammākammantato sammāājīvo pabhavati, sammāājīvato sammāvāyāmo pabhavati, sammāvāyāmato sammāsati pabhavati, sammāsatito sammāsamādhi pabhavati, sammāsamādhito sammāvimutti pabhavati, sammāvimuttito sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ pabhavati. Ayaṃ anupādiseso puggalo anupādisesā ca nibbānadhātu.

Niyutto samāropano hārasampāto.

Tenāha ¶ āyasmā mahākaccāyano –

‘‘Soḷasa hārā paṭhamaṃ, disalocanato disā viloketvā;

Saṅkhipiya aṅkusena hi, nayehi tīhi niddise sutta’’nti.

Niyutto hārasampāto.

Nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ

79. Tattha katamaṃ nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ? Pubbā koṭi na paññāyati avijjāyaca bhavataṇhāya ca, tattha avijjānīvaraṇaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanaṃ. Avijjānīvaraṇā sattā avijjāsaṃyuttā [avijjāya saṃyuttā (sī. ka.)] avijjāpakkhena vicaranti, te vuccanti diṭṭhicaritāti. Taṇhāsaṃyojanā sattā taṇhāsaṃyuttā taṇhāpakkhena vicaranti, te vuccanti taṇhācaritāti. Diṭṭhicaritā ¶ ito bahiddhā pabbajitā attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti. Taṇhācaritā ito bahiddhā pabbajitā kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti.

Tattha ¶ kiṃkāraṇaṃ yaṃ diṭṭhicaritā ito bahiddhā pabbajitā attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, taṇhācaritā ito bahiddhā pabbajitā kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti? Ito bahiddhā natthi saccavavatthānaṃ, kuto catusaccappakāsanā vā samathavipassanākosallaṃ vā upasamasukhappatti vā! Te upasamasukhassa anabhiññā viparītacetā evamāhaṃsu ‘‘natthi sukhena sukhaṃ, dukkhena nāma sukhaṃ adhigantabba’’nti. Yo kāme paṭisevati, so lokaṃ vaḍḍhayati, yo lokaṃ vaḍḍhayati, so bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavatīti te evaṃsaññī evaṃdiṭṭhī dukkhena sukhaṃ patthayamānā kāmesu puññasaññī attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā ca viharanti kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā ca, te tadabhiññā santā rogameva vaḍḍhayanti, gaṇḍameva vaḍḍhayanti, sallameva vaḍḍhayanti, te rogābhitunnā gaṇḍapaṭipīḷitā sallānuviddhā nirayatiracchānayonipetāsuresu ummujjanimujjāni karontā ugghātanigghātaṃ paccanubhontā rogagaṇḍasallabhesajjaṃ na vindanti. Tattha attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca saṃkileso, samathavipassanā vodānaṃ. Attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca rogo, samathavipassanā roganigghātakabhesajjaṃ. Attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca gaṇḍo, samathavipassanā gaṇḍanigghātakabhesajjaṃ ¶ . Attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca sallo, samathavipassanā salluddharaṇabhesajjaṃ.

Tattha saṃkileso dukkhaṃ, tadabhisaṅgo taṇhā samudayo, taṇhānirodho dukkhanirodho, samathavipassanā dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, imāni ¶ cattāri saccāni. Dukkhaṃ pariññeyyaṃ, samudayo pahātabbo, maggo bhāvetabbo, nirodho sacchikātabbo.

80. Tattha diṭṭhicaritā rūpaṃ attato upagacchanti. Vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ…pe… saṅkhāre…pe… viññāṇaṃ attato upagacchanti. Taṇhācaritā rūpavantaṃ attānaṃ upagacchanti. Attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, vedanāvantaṃ…pe… saññāvantaṃ…pe… saṅkhāravantaṃ…pe… viññāṇavantaṃ attānaṃ upagacchanti, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi.

Tassā paṭipakkho lokuttarā sammādiṭṭhi, anvāyikā sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi, ayaṃ ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Te tayo khandhā sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho paññākkhandho. Sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho ca samatho, paññākkhandho vipassanā. Tattha sakkāyo dukkhaṃ, sakkāyasamudayo dukkhasamudayo, sakkāyanirodho ¶ dukkhanirodho, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, imāni cattāri saccāni. Dukkhaṃ pariññeyyaṃ, samudayo pahātabbo, maggo bhāvetabbo, nirodho sacchikātabbo.

Tattha ye rūpaṃ attato upagacchanti. Vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ…pe… saṅkhāre…pe… viññāṇaṃ attato upagacchanti. Ime vuccanti ‘‘ucchedavādino’’ti. Ye rūpavantaṃ attānaṃ upagacchanti. Attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Ye vedanāvantaṃ…pe… ye saññāvantaṃ…pe… ye saṅkhāravantaṃ…pe… ye viññāṇavantaṃ attānaṃ upagacchanti, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Ime vuccanti ‘‘sassatavādino’’ti, tattha ucchedasassatavādā ubho antā, ayaṃ saṃsārapavatti. Tassa ¶ paṭipakkho majjhimā paṭipadā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, ayaṃ saṃsāranivatti. Tattha pavatti dukkhaṃ, tadabhisaṅgo taṇhā samudayo, taṇhānirodho dukkhanirodho, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo dukkhanirodhagāminī ¶ paṭipadā, imāni cattāri saccāni. Dukkhaṃ pariññeyyaṃ, samudayo pahātabbo, maggo bhāvetabbo, nirodho sacchikātabbo.

Tattha ucchedasassataṃ samāsato vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vitthārato dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni, tesaṃ paṭipakkho tecattālīsaṃ bodhipakkhiyā dhammā aṭṭha vimokkhā dasa kasiṇāyatanāni. Dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni mohajālaṃ anādianidhanappavattaṃ. Tecattālīsaṃ [tetālīsaṃ (sī.)] bodhipakkhiyā dhammā ñāṇavajiraṃ mohajālappadālanaṃ. Tattha moho avijjā, jālaṃ bhavataṇhā, tena vuccati ‘‘pubbā koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya ca bhavataṇhāya cā’’ti.

81. Tattha diṭṭhicarito asmiṃ sāsane pabbajito sallekhānusantatavutti bhavati sallekhe tibbagāravo. Taṇhācarito asmiṃ sāsane pabbajito sikkhānusantatavutti bhavati sikkhāya tibbagāravo. Diṭṭhicarito sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamanto dhammānusārī bhavati. Taṇhācarito sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamanto saddhānusārī bhavati, diṭṭhicarito sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyāti. Taṇhācarito dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyāti.

Tattha kiṃkāraṇaṃ, yaṃ taṇhācarito dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyāti, tassa hi kāmā apariccattā bhavanti, so ¶ kāmehi viveciyamāno dukkhena paṭinissarati ¶ dandhañca dhammaṃ ājānāti? Yo panāyaṃ diṭṭhicarito ayaṃ āditoyeva kāmehi anatthiko bhavati. So tato viveciyamāno khippañca paṭinissarati, khippañca dhammaṃ ājānāti. Dukkhāpi paṭipadā duvidhā dandhābhiññā ca khippābhiññā ca. Sukhāpi paṭipadā duvidhā dandhābhiññā ca khippābhiññā ca. Sattāpi duvidhā mudindriyāpi tikkhindriyāpi. Ye mudindriyā, te dandhañca paṭinissaranti dandhañca dhammaṃ ājānanti. Ye tikkhindriyā, te khippañca paṭinissaranti, khippañca dhammaṃ ājānanti, imā catasso paṭipadā. Ye hi keci niyyiṃsu vā niyyanti vā niyyissanti vā, te imāhi eva catūhi paṭipadāhi. Evaṃ ariyā catukkamaggaṃ paññāpenti abudhajanasevitāya bālakantāya rattavāsiniyā nandiyā bhavataṇhāya avaṭṭanatthaṃ [āvaṭṭanatthaṃ (sī. ka.)]. Ayaṃ vuccati nandiyāvaṭṭassa nayassa bhūmīti, tenāha ‘‘taṇhañca avijjampi ca samathenā’’ti.

82. Veyyākaraṇesu ¶ hi ye kusalākusalāti te duvidhā upaparikkhitabbā – lokavaṭṭānusārī ca lokavivaṭṭānusārī ca. Vaṭṭaṃ nāma saṃsāro. Vivaṭṭaṃ nibbānaṃ. Kammakilesā hetu saṃsārassa. Tattha kammaṃ cetanā cetasikañca niddisitabbaṃ. Taṃ kathaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? Upacayena sabbepi kilesā catūhi vipallāsehi niddisitabbā. Te kattha daṭṭhabbā? Dasa vatthuke kilesapuñje. Katamāni ¶ dasa vatthūni? Cattāro āhārā, cattāro vipallāsā, cattāri upādānāni, cattāro yogā, cattāro ganthā, cattāro āsavā, cattāro oghā, cattāro sallā, catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo cattāri agatigamanāni. Paṭhame āhāre paṭhamo vipallāso, dutiye āhāre dutiyo vipallāso, tatiye āhāre tatiyo vipallāso, catutthe āhāre catuttho vipallāso. Paṭhame vipallāse paṭhamaṃ upādānaṃ. Dutiye vipallāse dutiyaṃ upādānaṃ, tatiye vipallāse tatiyaṃ upādānaṃ, catutthe vipallāse catutthaṃ upādānaṃ. Paṭhame upādāne paṭhamo yogo, dutiye upādāne dutiyo yogo, tatiye upādāne tatiyo yogo, catutthe upādāne catuttho yogo. Paṭhame yoge paṭhamo gantho, dutiye yoge dutiyo gantho, tatiye yoge tatiyo gantho, catutthe yoge catuttho gantho, paṭhame ganthe paṭhamo āsavo, dutiye ganthe dutiyo āsavo, tatiye ganthe tatiyo āsavo, catutthe ganthe catuttho āsavo. Paṭhame āsave paṭhamo ogho, dutiye āsave dutiyo ogho, tatiye āsave tatiyo ogho, catutthe āsave catuttho ogho. Paṭhame oghe paṭhamo sallo, dutiye oghe dutiyo sallo, tatiye oghe tatiyo sallo, catutthe oghe catuttho sallo. Paṭhame salle paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, dutiye salle dutiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, tatiye salle tatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, catutthe salle catutthī [catutthā (sī.)] viññāṇaṭṭhiti, paṭhamāyaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitiyaṃ paṭhamaṃ agatigamanaṃ. Dutiyāyaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitiyaṃ ¶ dutiyaṃ agatigamanaṃ. Tatiyāyaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitiyaṃ tatiyaṃ agatigamanaṃ, catutthiyaṃ [catutthāyaṃ (sī.)] viññāṇaṭṭhitiyaṃ catutthaṃ agatigamanaṃ.

83. Tattha ¶ yo ca kabaḷīkāro āhāro phasso āhāro, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yo ca manosañcetanāhāro yo ca viññāṇāhāro, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Tattha yo ca ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāso, yo ca ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti vipallāso, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yo ca ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti vipallāso, yo ca ‘‘anattani attā’’ti vipallāso, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Tattha ¶ yañca kāmupādānaṃ yañca bhavupādānaṃ, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yañca diṭṭhupādānaṃ yañca attavādupādānaṃ, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Tattha yo ca kāmayogo, yo ca bhavayogo, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yo ca diṭṭhiyogo, yo ca avijjāyogo, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Tattha yo ca abhijjhākāyagantho, yo ca byāpādo kāyagantho, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yo ca parāmāsakāyagantho, yo ca idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Tattha yo ca kāmāsavo, yo ca bhavāsavo, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yo ca diṭṭhāsavo, yo ca avijjāsavo, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Tattha yo ca kāmogho, yo ca bhavogho, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yo ca diṭṭhogho, yo ca avijjogho, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Tattha yo ca rāgasallo, yo ca dosasallo, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yo ca mānasallo, yo ca mohasallo, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Tattha yā ca rūpūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, yā ca vedanūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yā ca saññūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, yā ca saṅkhārūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Tattha yañca chandā agatigamanaṃ yañca dosā agatigamanaṃ, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā. Yañca bhayā agatigamanaṃ, yañca mohā agatigamanaṃ, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.

84. Tattha kabaḷīkāre āhāre ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāso, phasse āhāre ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti vipallāso, viññāṇe āhāre ‘‘anicce ¶ nicca’’nti vipallāso, manosañcetanāya āhāre ‘‘anattani attā’’ti vipallāso. Paṭhame vipallāse ṭhito kāme upādiyati ¶ , idaṃ vuccati kāmupādānaṃ; dutiye vipallāse ṭhito anāgataṃ bhavaṃ upādiyati ¶ , idaṃ vuccati bhavupādānaṃ; tatiye vipallāse ṭhito saṃsārābhinandiniṃ diṭṭhiṃ upādiyati, idaṃ vuccati diṭṭhupādānaṃ; catutthe vipallāse ṭhito attānaṃ kappiyaṃ upādiyati, idaṃ vuccati attavādupādānaṃ.

Kāmupādānena kāmehi saṃyujjati, ayaṃ vuccati kāmayogo; bhavupādānena bhavehi saṃyujjati, ayaṃ vuccati bhavayogo; diṭṭhupādānena pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā saṃyujjati, ayaṃ vuccati diṭṭhiyogo; attavādupādānena avijjāya saṃyujjati, ayaṃ vuccati avijjāyogo.

Paṭhame yoge ṭhito abhijjhāya kāyaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ vuccati abhijjhākāyagantho; dutiye yoge ṭhito byāpādena kāyaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ vuccati byāpādakāyagantho; tatiye yoge ṭhito parāmāsena kāyaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ vuccati parāmāsakāyagantho; catutthe yoge ṭhito idaṃsaccābhinivesena kāyaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ vuccati idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho.

Tassa evaṃganthitā kilesā āsavanti. Kuto ca vuccati āsavantīti? Anusayato vā pariyuṭṭhānato vā. Tattha abhijjhākāyaganthena kāmāsavo, byāpādakāyaganthena bhavāsavo, parāmāsakāyaganthena diṭṭhāsavo, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyaganthena avijjāsavo.

Tassa ime cattāro āsavā vepullaṃ gatā oghā bhavanti. Iti āsavavepullā oghavepullaṃ. Tattha kāmāsavena kāmogho, bhavāsavena bhavogho, diṭṭhāsavena diṭṭhogho, avijjāsavena avijjogho.

Tassa ime cattāro oghā anusayasahagatā ajjhāsayaṃ anupaviṭṭhā hadayaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhanti, tena vuccanti sallāiti. Tattha kāmoghena rāgasallo, bhavoghena dosasallo, diṭṭhoghena mānasallo, avijjoghena mohasallo.

Tassa ¶ imehi catūhi sallehi pariyādinnaṃ [pariyādiṇṇaṃ (ka.)] viññāṇaṃ catūsu dhammesu saṇṭhahati rūpe vedanāya saññāya saṅkhāresu. Tattha rāgasallena nandūpasecanena viññāṇena rūpūpagā ¶ viññāṇaṭṭhiti, dosasallena nandūpasecanena viññāṇena vedanūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, mānasallena nandūpasecanena ¶ viññāṇena saññūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, mohasallena nandūpasecanena viññāṇena saṅkhārūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

Tassa imāhi catūhi viññāṇaṭṭhitīhi upatthaddhaṃ viññāṇaṃ catūhi dhammehi agatiṃ gacchati chandā dosā bhayā mohā. Tattha rāgena chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosena dosāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayena bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, mohena mohāgatiṃ gacchati. Iti kho tañca kammaṃ ime ca kilesā, esa hetu saṃsārassa, evaṃ sabbe kilesā catūhi vipallāsehi niddisitabbā.

85. Tattha imā catasso disā kabaḷīkāro āhāro ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāso, kāmupādānaṃ, kāmayogo, abhijjhākāyagantho, kāmāsavo, kāmogho, rāgasallo, rūpūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, chandā agatigamananti paṭhamā disā.

Phasso āhāro, ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti vipallāso, bhavupādānaṃ, bhavayogo, byāpādakāyagantho, bhavāsavo, bhavogho, dosasallo, vedanūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, dosā agatigamananti dutiyā disā.

Viññāṇāhāro ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti vipallāso, diṭṭhupādānaṃ, diṭṭhiyogo parāmāsakāyagantho, diṭṭhāsavo, diṭṭhogho, mānasallo, saññūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, bhayā agatigamananti tatiyā disā.

Manosañcetanāhāro ‘‘anattani attā’’ti vipallāso, attavādupādānaṃ, avijjāyogo, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho, avijjāsavo, avijjogho, mohasallo, saṅkhārūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, mohā agatigamananti catutthī disā.

Tattha yo ca kabaḷīkāro āhāro yo ca ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāso, kāmupādānaṃ, kāmayogo, abhijjhākāyagantho, kāmāsavo ¶ , kāmogho, rāgasallo, rūpūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti chandā agatigamananti, imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Ime rāgacaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.

Tattha ¶ yo ca phasso āhāro yo ca ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti vipallāso, bhavupādānaṃ, bhavayogo ¶ , byāpādakāyagantho, bhavāsavo, bhavogho, dosasallo, vedanūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, dosā agatigamananti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho byañjanameva nānaṃ, ime dosacaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.

Tattha yo ca viññāṇāhāro yo ca ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti vipallāso, diṭṭhupādānaṃ, diṭṭhiyogo, parāmāsakāyagantho, diṭṭhāsavo, diṭṭhogho, mānasallo, saññūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, bhayā agatigamananti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Ime diṭṭhicaritassa mandassa upakkilesā.

Tattha yo ca manosañcetanāhāro yo ca ‘‘anattani attā’’ti vipallāso, attavādupādānaṃ, avijjāyogo, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho, avijjāsavo, avijjogho, mohasallo, saṅkhārūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, mohā agatigamananti, imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Ime diṭṭhicaritassa udattassa [udatthassa (sī. ka.)] upakkilesā.

Tattha yo ca kabaḷīkāro āhāro yo ca phasso āhāro, ime appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pariññaṃ gacchanti, viññāṇāhāro suññatāya, manosañcetanāhāro animittena, tattha yo ca ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāso, yo ca ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti vipallāso, ime appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. ‘‘Anicce nicca’’nti vipallāso suññatāya, ‘‘anattani attā’’ti vipallāso animittena. Tattha kāmupādānañca bhavupādānañca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti. Diṭṭhupādānaṃ suññatāya, attavādupādānaṃ animittena. Tattha kāmayogo ca bhavayogo ca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, diṭṭhiyogo suññatāya, avijjāyogo animittena. Tattha abhijjhākāyagantho ca byāpādakāyagantho ca appaṇihitena ¶ vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, parāmāsakāyagantho ¶ suññatāya, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho animittena.

Tattha kāmāsavo ca bhavāsavo ca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, diṭṭhāsavo suññatāya, avijjāsavo animittena. Tattha kāmogho ca bhavogho ca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, diṭṭhogho suññatāya, avijjogho animittena. Tattha rāgasallo ca dosasallo ca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, mānasallo suññatāya, mohasallo animittena. Tattha rūpūpagā ca viññāṇaṭṭhiti vedanūpagā ¶ ca viññāṇaṭṭhiti appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pariññaṃ gacchanti, saññūpagā suññatāya, saṅkhārūpagā animittena.

Tattha chandā ca agatigamanaṃ dosā ca agatigamanaṃ appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, bhayā agatigamanaṃ suññatāya, mohā agatigamanaṃ animittena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti. Iti sabbe lokavaṭṭānusārino dhammā niyyanti. Te lokā tīhi vimokkhamukhehi.

86. Tatridaṃ niyyānaṃ –

Catasso paṭipadā, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāri jhānāni, cattāro vihārā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni, catasso samādhibhāvanā, cattāro sukhabhāgiyā dhammā, catasso appamāṇā.

Paṭhamā paṭipadā paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ, dutiyā paṭipadā dutiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ, tatiyā paṭipadā tatiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ, catutthī paṭipadā catutthaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, dutiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, tatiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ. Catutthaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭhamo vihāro, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ dutiyo vihāro, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyo vihāro, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ catuttho vihāro. Paṭhamo vihāro paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ, dutiyo vihāro dutiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ, tatiyo vihāro tatiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ, catuttho vihāro catutthaṃ ¶ sammappadhānaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, dutiyaṃ dutiyo, tatiyaṃ tatiyo, catutthaṃ sammappadhānaṃ catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo paṭhamaṃ ¶ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo dutiyaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo tatiyaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo catutthaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ paṭhamā samādhibhāvanā, dutiyaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ dutiyā samādhibhāvanā, tatiyaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ tatiyā samādhibhāvanā, catutthaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ catutthī samādhibhāvanā. Paṭhamā samādhibhāvanā paṭhamo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo, dutiyā samādhibhāvanā dutiyo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo, tatiyā samādhibhāvanā tatiyo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo, catutthī samādhibhāvanā catuttho sukhabhāgiyo dhammo. Paṭhamo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo paṭhamaṃ appamāṇaṃ, dutiyo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo dutiyaṃ appamāṇaṃ, tatiyo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo tatiyaṃ appamāṇaṃ, catuttho sukhabhāgiyo dhammo catutthaṃ ¶ appamāṇaṃ. Paṭhamā paṭipadā bhāvitā bahulīkatā [bahulikatā (ka.)] paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, dutiyā paṭipadā bhāvitā bahulīkatā dutiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, tatiyā paṭipadā bhāvitā bahulīkatā tatiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, catutthī paṭipadā bhāvitā bahulīkatā catutthaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti. Paṭhamo satipaṭṭhāno bhāvito bahulīkato paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paripūreti, dutiyo satipaṭṭhāno bhāvito bahulīkato dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ paripūreti, tatiyo satipaṭṭhāno bhāvito bahulīkato tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ paripūreti, catuttho satipaṭṭhāno bhāvito bahulīkato catutthaṃ jhānaṃ paripūreti.

Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ paṭhamaṃ vihāraṃ paripūreti, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ dutiyaṃ vihāraṃ paripūreti, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ tatiyaṃ vihāraṃ paripūreti, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ ¶ catutthaṃ vihāraṃ paripūreti. Paṭhamo vihāro bhāvito bahulīkato anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādaṃ paripūreti, dutiyo vihāro bhāvito bahulīkato uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ paripūreti, tatiyo vihāro bhāvito bahulīkato anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādaṃ paripūreti, catuttho vihāro bhāvito bahulīkato uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiṃ asammosaṃ bhiyyobhāvaṃ paripūreti. Paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ mānappahānaṃ ¶ paripūreti, dutiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ ālayasamugghātaṃ paripūreti, tatiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ avijjāpahānaṃ paripūreti, catutthaṃ sammappadhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ bhavūpasamaṃ paripūreti. Mānappahānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, ālayasamugghāto bhāvito bahulīkato cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, avijjāpahānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, bhavūpasamo bhāvito bahulīkato upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti. Saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ chandasamādhiṃ paripūreti, cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ vīriyasamādhiṃ paripūreti, paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ cittasamādhiṃ paripūreti, upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhiṃ paripūreti. Chandasamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato indriyasaṃvaraṃ paripūreti, vīriyasamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato tapaṃ paripūreti, cittasamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato buddhiṃ paripūreti, vīmaṃsāsamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggaṃ paripūreti. Indriyasaṃvaro bhāvito bahulīkato mettaṃ paripūreti, tapo bhāvito bahulīkato karuṇaṃ paripūreti, buddhi bhāvitā bahulīkatā muditaṃ paripūreti, sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo bhāvito bahulīkato upekkhaṃ paripūreti.

87. Tattha imā catasso disā paṭhamā paṭipadā paṭhamo satipaṭṭhāno paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭhamo ¶ vihāro paṭhamo sammappadhāno paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ chandasamādhi indriyasaṃvaro mettā iti paṭhamā ¶ disā.

Dutiyā paṭipadā dutiyo satipaṭṭhāno dutiyo vihāro dutiyo sammappadhāno dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo bhavādhiṭṭhānaṃ vīriyasamādhi tapo karuṇā iti dutiyā disā.

Tatiyā paṭipadā tatiyo satipaṭṭhāno tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyo vihāro tatiyo sammappadhāno tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ cittasamādhi buddhi muditā iti tatiyā disā.

Catutthī paṭipadā catuttho satipaṭṭhāno catutthaṃ jhānaṃ catuttho vihāro catuttho sammappadhāno catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhi sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo upekkhā iti catutthī disā.

Tattha ¶ paṭhamā paṭipadā paṭhamo satipaṭṭhāno paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭhamo vihāro paṭhamo sammappadhāno paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ chandasamādhi indriyasaṃvaro, mettā iti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Idaṃ rāgacaritassa puggalassa bhesajjaṃ.

Dutiyā paṭipadā dutiyo satipaṭṭhāno dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ dutiyo vihāro dutiyo sammappadhāno dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ vīriyasamādhi tapo karuṇā iti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Idaṃ dosacaritassa puggalassa bhesajjaṃ.

Tatiyā paṭipadā tatiyo satipaṭṭhāno tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyo vihāro tatiyo sammappadhāno tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ cittasamādhi buddhi muditā iti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Idaṃ diṭṭhicaritassa mandassa bhesajjaṃ.

Catutthī paṭipadā catuttho satipaṭṭhāno catutthaṃ jhānaṃ catuttho vihāro catuttho sammappadhāno catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhi sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo upekkhā ¶ iti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Idaṃ ¶ diṭṭhicaritassa udattassa bhesajjaṃ.

Tattha dukkhā ca paṭipadā dandhābhiññā dukkhā ca paṭipadā khippābhiññā appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Tattha kāye kāyānupassitā satipaṭṭhānañca vedanāsu vedanānupassitā satipaṭṭhānañca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, citte cittānupassitā suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ. Dhammesu dhammānupassitā animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Tattha paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Tattha paṭhamo ca vihāro dutiyo ca vihāro appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, tatiyo vihāro suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, catuttho vihāro animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Yattha ¶ paṭhamañca sammappadhānaṃ dutiyañca sammappadhānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, tatiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, catutthaṃ sammappadhānaṃ animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Tattha mānappahānañca ālayasamugghāto ca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, avijjāpahānaṃ suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, bhavūpasamo animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Tattha saccādhiṭṭhānañca cāgādhiṭṭhānañca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Tattha chandasamādhi ca vīriyasamādhi ca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, cittasamādhi suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, vīmaṃsāsamādhi animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Tattha ¶ indriyasaṃvaro ca tapo ca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, buddhi suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Tattha ¶ mettā ca karuṇā ca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, muditā suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ upekkhā animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.

Tesaṃ vikkīḷitaṃ. Cattāro āhārā tesaṃ paṭipakkho catasso paṭipadā…pe… cattāro vipallāsā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Cattāri upādānāni tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāri jhānāni. Cattāro yogā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro vihārā. Cattāro ganthā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro sammappadhānā. Cattāro āsavā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā. Cattāro oghā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni. Cattāro sallā tesaṃ paṭipakkho catasso samādhibhāvanā. Catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo tāsaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro sukhabhāgiyā dhammā. Cattāri agatigamanāni tesaṃ paṭipakkho catasso appamāṇā.

Sīhā buddhā paccekabuddhā sāvakā ca hatarāgadosamohā, tesaṃ vikkīḷitaṃ bhāvanā sacchikiriyā byantīkiriyā ca. Vikkīḷitaṃ indriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ vikkīḷitaṃ vipariyāsānadhiṭṭhānañca. Indriyāni saddhammagocaro vipariyāsā kilesagocaro. Ayaṃ vuccati sīhavikkīḷitassa ca nayassa disālocanassa ca nayassa bhūmīti. Tenāha ‘‘yo neti vipallāsehi saṃkilese’’ti. Veyyākaraṇesu hi ye ‘‘kusalākusalā’’ti ca.

Tattha ¶ ye dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti, ime dve ¶ puggalā; ye sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti, ime dve puggalā. Tesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, cattāro āhārā, cattāro vipallāsā, cattāri upādānāni, cattāro yogā, cattāro ganthā, cattāro āsavā, cattāro oghā, cattāro sallā, catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, cattāri agatigamanānīti. Tesaṃ ¶ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ idaṃ vodānaṃ, catasso paṭipadā, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāri jhānāni, cattāro vihārā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni, catasso samādhibhāvanā, cattāro sukhabhāgiyā dhammā, catasso appamāṇā iti.

88. Tattha ye dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti ime dve puggalā. Ye sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti, ime dve puggalā. Tattha yo sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya niyyāti, ayaṃ ugghaṭitaññū. Yo sādhāraṇāya, ayaṃ vipañcitaññū. Yo dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya niyyāti, ayaṃ neyyo.

Tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa samathaṃ upadisati, neyyassa vipassanaṃ, samathavipassanaṃ vipañcitaññussa. Tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa mudukaṃ dhammadesanaṃ upadisati, tikkhaṃ neyyassa, mudutikkhaṃ vipañcitaññussa, tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desayati, saṃkhittavitthārena vipañcitaññussa, vitthārena neyyassa. Tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa nissaraṇaṃ upadisati, vipañcitaññussa ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati, neyyassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati. Tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa adhipaññāsikkhaṃ paññāpayati, adhicittaṃ vipañcitaññussa, adhisīlaṃ neyyassa.

Tattha ye dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti, ime dve puggalā. Ye sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti. Ime dve puggalā. Iti kho cattāri hutvā tīṇi bhavanti ugghaṭitaññū vipañcitaññū neyyoti.

Tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, tīṇi akusalamūlāni lobho akusalamūlaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ moho akusalamūlaṃ ¶ , tīṇi ¶ duccaritāni – kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ; tayo akusalavitakkā – kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko; tisso akusalasaññā – kāmasaññā byāpādasaññā vihiṃsāsaññā; tisso viparītasaññā – niccasaññā sukhasaññā attasaññā; tisso vedanā – sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā; tisso dukkhatā – dukkhadukkhatā saṅkhāradukkhatā vipariṇāmadukkhatā; tayo aggī – rāgaggi dosaggi mohaggi; tayo sallā – rāgasallo dosasallo mohasallo; tisso jaṭā – rāgajaṭā dosajaṭā mohajaṭā; tisso akusalūpaparikkhā – akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ. Tisso vipattiyo – sīlavipatti diṭṭhivipatti ācāravipattīti. Tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ idaṃ vodānaṃ. Tīṇi kusalamūlāni – alobho kusalamūlaṃ adoso kusalamūlaṃ amoho kusalamūlaṃ. Tīṇi sucaritāni – kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ. Tayo kusalavitakkā – nekkhammavitakko abyāpādavitakko ¶ avihiṃsāvitakko. Tayo samādhī – savitakko savicāro samādhi avitakko vicāramatto samādhi avitakko avicāro samādhi. Tisso kusalasaññā – nekkhammasaññā abyāpādasaññā avihiṃsāsaññā. Tisso aviparītasaññā – aniccasaññā dukkhasaññā anattasaññā. Tisso kusalūpaparikkhā – kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ kusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ kusalaṃ manokammaṃ. Tīṇi soceyyāni – kāyasoceyyaṃ vacīsoceyyaṃ manosoceyyaṃ; tisso sampattiyo – sīlasampatti samādhisampatti paññāsampatti. Tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā adhicittasikkhā adhipaññāsikkhā; tayo khandhā – sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho paññākkhandho. Tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni – suññataṃ animittaṃ appaṇihitanti.

Iti kho cattāri hutvā tīṇi bhavanti, tīṇi hutvā dve bhavanti taṇhācarito ca diṭṭhicarito ca.

Tesaṃ dvinnaṃ puggalānaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, taṇhā ca avijjā ca ahirikañca anottappañca assati ca asampajaññañca ¶ ayoniso manasikāro ca kosajjañca dovacassañca ahaṃkāro ca mamaṃkāro ca assaddhā ca pamādo ca asaddhammassavanañca asaṃvaro ca abhijjhā ca byāpādo ca nīvaraṇañca saṃyojanañca kodho ca upanāho ca makkho ca palāso ca issā ca maccherañca māyā ca sāṭheyyañca sassatadiṭṭhi ca ucchedadiṭṭhicāti.

Tesaṃ ¶ dvinnaṃ puggalānaṃ idaṃ vodānaṃ, samatho ca vipassanā ca hirī ca ottappañca sati ca sampajaññañca yoniso manasikāro ca vīriyārambho ca sovacassañca dhamme ñāṇañca anvaye ñāṇañca khaye ñāṇañca anuppāde ñāṇañca saddhā ca appamādo ca saddhammassavanañca saṃvaro ca anabhijjhā ca abyāpādo ca rāgavirāgā ca cetovimutti avijjāvirāgā ca paññāvimutti abhisamayo ca appicchatā ca santuṭṭhi ca akkodho ca anupanāho ca amakkho ca apalāso ca issāpahānañca macchariyappahānañca vijjā ca vimutti ca saṅkhatārammaṇo ca vimokkho asaṅkhatārammaṇo ca vimokkho saupādisesā ca nibbānadhātu anupādisesā ca nibbānadhātūti.

Ayaṃ vuccati tipukkhalassa ca nayassa aṅkusassa ca nayassa bhūmīti. Tenāha ‘‘yo akusale samūlehi netī’’ti ‘‘oloketvā disalocanenā’’ti ca.

Niyuttaṃ nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ.

Sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ

89. Tattha ¶ aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbā? Sāsanapaṭṭhāne. Tattha katamaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ? Saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ ¶ suttaṃ, vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, diṭṭhisaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, duccaritasaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, taṇhāvodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, diṭṭhivodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, duccaritavodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

Tattha saṃkileso tividho – taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkileso. Tattha taṇhāsaṃkileso samathena visujjhati, so samatho samādhikkhandho. Diṭṭhisaṃkileso vipassanāya visujjhati, sā ¶ vipassanā paññākkhandho. Duccaritasaṃkileso sucaritena visujjhati, taṃ sucaritaṃ sīlakkhandho. Tassa sīle patiṭṭhitassa yadi āsatti uppajjati bhavesu, evaṃ sāyaṃ samathavipassanā bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakriyavatthu bhavati tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati. Imāni cattāri suttāni, sādhāraṇāni katāni aṭṭha bhavanti, tāniyeva aṭṭha suttāni sādhāraṇāni katāni soḷasa bhavanti.

Imehi soḷasahi suttehi bhinnehi navavidhaṃ suttaṃ bhinnaṃ bhavati. Gāthāya gāthā anuminitabbā, veyyākaraṇena veyyākaraṇaṃ anuminitabbaṃ. Suttena suttaṃ anuminitabbaṃ.

90. Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?

‘‘Kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditā;

Pamattabandhanā ¶ [pamattabandhunā (udā. 74)] baddhā, macchāva kumināmukhe;

Jarāmaraṇamanventi, vaccho khīrapakova [khīrūpakova (ka.) passa udā. 64] mātara’’nti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

Cattārimāni ¶ , bhikkhave, agatigamanāni. Katamāni cattāri? Chandāgatiṃ [chandā agatiṃ (sī. ka.) passa a. ni. 4.17] gacchati, dosāgatiṃ gacchati, mohāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayāgatiṃ gacchati. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri agatigamanāni. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato, athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Chandā dosā bhayā mohā, yo dhammaṃ ativattati;

Nihīyati tassa yaso, kāḷapakkheva candimā’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā;

Manasā ce paduṭṭhena, bhāsati vā karoti vā;

Tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, cakkaṃva vahato pada’’nti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Middhī ¶ [passa dha. pa. 325] yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, niddāyitā samparivattasāyī;

Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, punappunaṃ gabbhamupeti mando’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Ayasāva malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, tatuṭṭhāya [taduṭṭhāya (sī.) passa dha. pa. 240] tameva khādati;

Evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sāni [tāni (sī.) passa dha. pa. 240] kammāni nayanti duggati’’nti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Coro ¶ yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, sakammunā haññati bajjhate ca;

Evaṃ ayaṃ pecca pajā parattha, sakammunā haññati bajjhate cā’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati;

Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate [labhe (ka.) passa dha. pa. 131] sukha’’nti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Gunnaṃ ¶ ce taramānānaṃ, jimhaṃ gacchati puṅgavo;

Sabbā tā jimhaṃ gacchanti, nette jimhaṃ gate [jimhagate (sī. ka.) passa a. ni. 4.70] sati.

‘‘Evameva manussesu, yo hoti seṭṭhasammato;

So ce adhammaṃ carati, pageva itarā pajā;

Sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ dukkhaṃ seti, rājā ce hoti adhammiko’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Sukiccharūpāvatime manussā, karonti pāpaṃ upadhīsu rattā;

Gacchanti te bahujanasannivāsaṃ, nirayaṃ avīciṃ kaṭukaṃ bhayānaka’’nti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Phalaṃ ¶ ve [passa a. ni. 4.68] kadaliṃ hanti, phalaṃ veḷuṃ phalaṃ naḷaṃ;

Sakkāro kāpurisaṃ hanti, gabbho assatariṃ yathā’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Kodhamakkhagaru bhikkhu, lābhasakkāragāravo [lābhasakkārakāraṇā (sī. ka.) passa a. ni. 4.43];

Sukhette pūtibījaṃva, saddhamme na virūhatī’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

91. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ paduṭṭhacittaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi, (yathā kho ayaṃ puggalo iriyati, yañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno, yañca maggaṃ samārūḷho) ¶ [( ) natthi a. ni. 1.43-44; itivu. 20]. Imamhi cāyaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyya, yathābhataṃ nikkhitto, evaṃ niraye. Taṃ kissa hetu? Cittaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, paduṭṭhaṃ [padositaṃ (sī. ka.) a. ni. 1.43; itivu. 20 passitabbaṃ], cetopadosahetu [cittapadosahetu (sī. ka.)] kho pana, bhikkhave, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjantī’’ti. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca, tatthetaṃ iti vuccati –

‘‘Paduṭṭhacittaṃ ñatvāna, ekaccaṃ idha puggalaṃ;

Etamatthañca byākāsi, buddho [satthā (sī. ka.)] bhikkhūna santike;

Imamhi ¶ cāyaṃ samaye, kālaṃ kayirātha puggalo;

Nirayaṃ upapajjeyya, cittaṃ hissa padūsitaṃ;

Cetopadosahetu hi, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.

Yathābhataṃ nikkhipeyya, evameva tathāvidho;

Kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjatī’’ti.

Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā iti me sutanti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Sace bhāyatha dukkhassa, sace vo dukkhamappiyaṃ;

Mākattha pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, āvi [āvī (sī.) passa udā. 44] vā yadi vā raho.

‘‘Sace ¶ ca pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, karissatha karotha vā;

Na vo dukkhā pamutyatthi, upeccapi palāyata’’nti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Adhammena dhanaṃ laddhā, musāvādena cūbhayaṃ;

Mameti bālā maññanti, taṃ kathaṃ nu bhavissati.

‘‘Antarāyā su bhavissanti, sambhatassa vinassati;

Matā saggaṃ na gacchanti, nanu ettāvatā hatā’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Kathaṃ khaṇati attānaṃ, kathaṃ mittehi jīrati;

Kathaṃ vivaṭṭate dhammā, kathaṃ saggaṃ na gacchati.

‘‘Lobhā ¶ khaṇati attānaṃ, luddho mittehi jīrati;

Lobhā vivaṭṭate dhammā, lobhā saggaṃ na gacchatī’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Caranti bālā dummedhā, amitteneva attanā;

Karontā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphalaṃ [kaṭakaṃ phalaṃ (ka.) passa dha. pa. 66].

‘‘Na ¶ taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati;

Yassa assumukho rodaṃ, vipākaṃ paṭisevatī’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Dukkaraṃ duttitikkhañca, abyattena ca [aviyattena (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.17] sāmaññaṃ;

Bahū hi tattha sambādhā, yattha bālo visīdati.

‘‘Yo hi atthañca dhammañca, bhāsamāne tathāgate;

Manaṃ padosaye bālo, moghaṃ kho tassa jīvitaṃ.

‘‘Etañcāhaṃ arahāmi, dukkhañca ito ca pāpiyataraṃ bhante;

Yo appameyyesu tathāgatesu, cittaṃ padosemi avītarāgo’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Appameyyaṃ ¶ paminanto, kodha vidvā vikappaye;

Appameyyaṃ pamāyinaṃ [pamāyantaṃ (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.179], nivutaṃ taṃ maññe akissava’’nti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Purisassa hi jātassa, kuṭhārī [kudhārī (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.180] jāyate mukhe;

Yāya chindati attānaṃ, bālo dubbhāsitaṃ bhaṇaṃ.

‘‘Na ¶ hi satthaṃ sunisitaṃ, visaṃ halāhalaṃ iva;

Evaṃ viraddhaṃ pāteti, vācā dubbhāsitā yathā’’ti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

92.

‘‘Yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati, taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo;

Vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ, kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati.

‘‘Appamatto ayaṃ kali, yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo;

Sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā, ayameva mahantataro [mahattaro (ka.) passa a. ni. 4.3; saṃ. ni. 1.180] kali;

Yo sugatesu manaṃ padosaye.

‘‘Sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānaṃ, chattiṃsatī pañca ca abbudāni;

Yamariyagarahī ¶ nirayaṃ upeti, vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya pāpaka’’nti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Yo lobhaguṇe anuyutto, so vacasā [vacasā ca (ka.) passa su. ni. 668] paribhāsati aññe;

Assaddho kadariyo [anariyo (sī. ka.)] avadaññū, macchari pesuṇiyaṃ anuyutto.

‘‘Mukhadugga ¶ vibhūta anariya, bhūnahu pāpaka dukkaṭakāri;

Purisanta kalī avajātaputta [avajātakaputta (sī. ka.) passa su. ni. 669], mā bahubhāṇidha nerayikosi.

‘‘Rajamākirasī ahitāya, sante garahasi kibbisakārī;

Bahūni duccaritāni caritvā, gacchasi kho papataṃ ciraratta’’nti.

Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?

‘‘Manopubbaṅgamā ¶ dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā;

Manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā;

Tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinī’’ti [anupāyinīti (ka.) passa dha. pa. 2].

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

93. Mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, kapilavatthu iddhañceva phītañca bāhujaññaṃ [bahujanaṃ (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 5.1018] ākiṇṇamanussaṃ sambādhabyūhaṃ, so kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṃ kapilavatthuṃ pavisanto bhantenapi hatthinā samāgacchāmi, bhantenapi assena samāgacchāmi, bhantenapi rathena samāgacchāmi, bhantenapi sakaṭena samāgacchāmi, bhantenapi purisena samāgacchāmi, tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, tasmiṃ samaye mussateva bhagavantaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati dhammaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṃ ārabbha sati. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti ‘imamhi cāhaṃ sāyanhasamaye kālaṃ kareyyaṃ, kā mayhaṃ [mamassa (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 5.1018] gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’’ti.

‘‘Mā ¶ bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma, apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati, apāpikā [apāpikā te (sī.)] kālaṅkiriyā. Catūhi kho, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgato ¶ ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti, itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ…pe… buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, rukkho pācīnaninno pācīnapoṇo pācīnapabbhāro, so mūlacchinno [mūlehi chinno (sī. ka.)] katamena papateyyā’’ti? ‘‘Yena, bhante, ninno yena poṇo yena pabbhāro’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahānāma, imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro. Mā bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma, apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati, apāpikā kālaṅkiriyā’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena na hiṃsati;

Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so labhate sukha’’nti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Gunnañce ¶ taramānānaṃ, ujuṃ gacchati puṅgavo;

Sabbā tā ujuṃ gacchanti, nette ujuṃ gate sati.

‘‘Evameva manussesu, yo hoti seṭṭhasammato;

So sace [so ceva (sī.) passa (sī.) passa a. ni. 4.70] dhammaṃ carati, pageva itarā pajā;

Sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ seti, rājā ce hoti dhammiko’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

94. Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato ¶ cīvarakammaṃ karonti ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo sākete [sādhuke (saṃ. ni. 5.1002)] paṭivasanti kenaci deva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo ‘‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti. Niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti.

Atha ¶ kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo magge purisaṃ ṭhapesuṃ ‘‘yadā tvaṃ ambho purisa passeyyāsi bhagavantaṃ āgacchantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ, atha amhākaṃ āroceyyāsī’’ti. Dvīhatīhaṃ ṭhito kho so puriso addasa bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna yena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā isidattapurāṇe thapatayo etadavoca ‘‘ayaṃ so bhante [ayaṃ bhante (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 5.1002] bhagavā āgacchati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’’ti.

Atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –

‘‘Yadā mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana ¶ mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ ‘dūre no bhagavā’ti…pe….

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘kāsīsu magadhesu [kāsīhi māgadhe (saṃ. ni. 5.1002)] cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti ¶ . Yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘kāsīsu magadhesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti anappakaṃ domanassaṃ ‘dūre no bhagavā’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘magadhesu kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘magadhesu kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no ¶ tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ ‘āsanne no bhagavā’ti…pe….

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘kosalesu sāvatthiṃ [sāvatthiyaṃ (sī. ka.)] cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti. Hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’ti hoti anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā, hoti anappakaṃ somanassaṃ ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Tasmātiha, thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā, alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā’’ti? ‘‘Katamo pana vo, thapatayo, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā’’ti?

‘‘Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yadā rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyātukāmo [gantukāmo (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 5.1002] hoti, ye te rañño pasenadissa kosalassa nāgā opavayhā, te kappetvā yā tā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa pajāpatiyo piyā manāpā, tā [tāsaṃ (sī. ka.)] ekaṃ purato ekaṃ pacchato nisīdāpema, tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo gandho hoti. Seyyathāpi nāma gandhakaraṇḍakassa tāvadeva ¶ vivariyamānassa, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ [rājārahena (sī. ka.)] gandhena vibhūsitānaṃ. Tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo kāyasamphasso hoti, seyyathāpi nāma ¶ tūlapicuno vā kappāhapicuno vā, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ sukhedhitānaṃ. Tasmiṃ kho pana, bhante, samaye nāgopi rakkhitabbo hoti. Tāpi bhaginiyo rakkhitabbā hoti. Attāpi rakkhitabbā hoti. Na kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, abhijānāma tāsu bhagīnisu pāpakaṃ cittaṃ ñappādentā, ayaṃ kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅghātataro cāti.

‘‘Tasmātiha ¶ , thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāya. Catūhi kho thapatayo, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, thapatayo, sutavā ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ…pe… buddho bhagavāti, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato appaṭivibhattaṃ. Imehi kho, thapatayo, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

‘‘Tumhe kho, thapatayo, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ…pe… buddho bhagavāti, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… yaṃ kho pana kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ appaṭivibhattaṃ sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi, taṃ kiṃ maññatha, thapatayo, katividhā te kosalesu manussā ye tumhākaṃ samasamā yadidaṃ dānasaṃvibhāgehī’’ti? ‘‘Lābhā no, bhante, suladdhaṃ no, bhante, yesaṃ no bhagavā evaṃ pajānātī’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

95.

‘‘Ekapupphaṃ ¶ cajitvāna [yajitvāna (ka.) passa theragā. 96], sahassaṃ kappakoṭiyo;

Deve ceva manusse ca, sesena parinibbuto’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Assatthe ¶ haritobhāse, saṃvirūḷhamhi pādape;

Ekaṃ buddhagataṃ [buddhakataṃ (ka.) passa theragā. 217] saññaṃ, alabhiṃtthaṃ [alabhiṃhaṃ (sī. ka.)] patissato.

‘‘Ajja tiṃsaṃ tato kappā, nābhijānāmi duggatiṃ;

Tisso vijjā sacchikatā, tassā saññāya vāsanā’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Piṇḍāya ¶ kosalaṃ puraṃ, pāvisi aggapuggalo;

Anukampako purebhattaṃ, taṇhānighātako muni.

‘‘Purisassa vaṭaṃsako hatthe, sabbapupphehilaṅkato;

So addasāsi sambuddhaṃ, bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhataṃ.

‘‘Pavisantaṃ rājamaggena, devamānusapūjitaṃ;

Haṭṭho cittaṃ pasādetvā, sambuddhamupasaṅkami.

‘‘So taṃ vaṭaṃsakaṃ surabhiṃ, vaṇṇavantaṃ manoramaṃ;

Sambuddhassupanāmesi, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.

‘‘Tato aggisikhā vaṇṇā, buddhassa lapanantarā;

Sahassaraṃsi vijjuriva, okkā nikkhami ānanā.

‘‘Padakkhiṇaṃ karitvāna, sīse ādiccabandhuno;

Tikkhattuṃ parivaṭṭetvā, muddhanantaradhāyatha.

‘‘Idaṃ disvā acchariyaṃ, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ;

Ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā, ānando etadabravi.

‘‘‘Ko hetu sitakammassa, byākarohi mahāmune;

Dhammāloko bhavissati, kaṅkhaṃ vitara no mune.

‘‘‘Yassa ¶ taṃ sabbadhammesu, sadā ñāṇaṃ pavattati;

Kaṅkhiṃ ¶ vematikaṃ theraṃ, ānandaṃ etadabravi.

‘‘‘Yo so ānanda puriso, mayi cittaṃ pasādayi;

Caturāsītikappāni, duggatiṃ na gamissati.

‘‘‘Devesu devasobhaggaṃ, dibbaṃ rajjaṃ pasāsiya;

Manujesu manujindo, rājā raṭṭhe bhavissati.

‘‘‘So carimaṃ pabbajitvā, sacchikatvāna [sacchikatvā ca (ka.)] dhammataṃ;

Paccekabuddho dhutarāgo, vaṭaṃsako nāma bhavissati.

‘‘‘Natthi citte [passa vi. va. 804] pasannamhi, appakā nāma dakkhiṇā;

Tathāgate vā sambuddhe, atha vā tassa sāvake.

‘‘‘Evaṃ ¶ acintiyā [passa apa. thera 1.1.82] buddhā, buddhadhammā acintiyā;

Acintiye pasannānaṃ, vipāko hoti acintiyo’’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

96. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ pasannacittaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi ‘‘(yathā kho ayaṃ puggalo iriyati, yañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno, yañca maggaṃ samārūḷho) [( ) natthi a. ni. 1.43-44; itivu. 21]. Imamhi cāyaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyya, yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Taṃ kissa hetu? Cittaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, pasannaṃ, cetopasādahetu [cittappasādahetu (sī. ka.)] kho pana evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca, tatthetaṃ iti vuccati –

‘‘Pasannacittaṃ ñatvāna, ekaccaṃ idha puggalaṃ;

Etamatthañca byākāsi, buddho [satthā (sī. ka.) passa itivu. 21] bhikkhūna santike.

‘‘Imamhi ¶ cāyaṃ samaye, kālaṃ kayirātha puggalo;

Saggamhi upapajjeyya, cittaṃ hissa pasāditaṃ.

‘‘Cetopasādahetu hi, sattā gacchanti suggatiṃ;

Yathābhataṃ nikkhipeyya, evamevaṃ tathāvidho;

Kāyassa bhedā sappañño, saggaṃ so upapajjatī’’ti.

‘‘Ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā iti me suta’’nti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Suvaṇṇacchadanaṃ ¶ nāvaṃ, nāri āruyha tiṭṭhasi;

Ogāhasi [ogāhase (sī. ka.) passa vi. va. 53] pokkharaṇiṃ, padmaṃ chindasi pāṇinā.

‘‘Kena te tādiso vaṇṇo, ānubhāvo juti ca te;

Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manasicchitā.

‘‘Pucchitā devate saṃsa, kissa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ;

Sā devatā attamanā, devarājena pucchitā.

‘‘Pañhaṃ ¶ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, sakkassa iti me sutaṃ;

Addhānaṃ paṭipannāhaṃ, disvā thūpaṃ manoramaṃ.

‘‘Tattha cittaṃ pasādesiṃ, kassapassa yasassino;

Paddhapupphehi pūjesiṃ, pasannā sehi tasseva;

Kammassa phalaṃ vipāko, etādisaṃ katapuññā labhantī’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Dānakathā sīlakathā saggakathā puññakathā puññavipākakathā’’ti;

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Apicāpi ¶ paṃsuthūpesu uddissakatesu dasabaladharānaṃ tatthapi kāraṃ katvā saggesu narā pamodantī’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

97.

‘‘Devaputtasarīravaṇṇā, sabbe subhagasaṇṭhitī;

Udakena paṃsuṃ temetvā, thūpaṃ vaḍḍhetha kassapaṃ.

‘‘Ayaṃ sugatte sugatassa thūpo, mahesino dasabaladhammadhārino;

Tasmiṃ [yasmiṃ (sī.)] ime devamanujā pasannā, kāraṃ karontā jarāmaraṇā pamuccare’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Uḷāraṃ vata taṃ āsi, yāhaṃ thūpaṃ mahesino;

Uppalāni ¶ ca cattāri, mālañca abhiropayiṃ.

‘‘Ajja tiṃsaṃ tato kappā, nābhijānāmi duggatiṃ;

Vinipātaṃ na gacchāmi, thūpaṃ pūjetva [pūjetvā (ka.)] satthuno’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Bāttiṃsalakkhaṇadharassa, vijitavijayassa lokanāthassa;

Satasahassaṃ kappe, mudito thūpaṃ apūjesi.

‘‘Yaṃ ¶ mayā pasutaṃ puññaṃ, tena ca puññena deva sobhaggaṃ;

Rajjāni ca kāritāni, anāgantuna vinipātaṃ.

‘‘Yaṃ cakkhu adantadamakassa, sāsane paṇihitaṃ tathā;

Cittaṃ taṃ me sabbaṃ, laddhaṃ vimuttacittamhi vidhūtalato’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

98.

‘‘Sāmākapatthodanamattameva hi, paccekabuddhamhi adāsi dakkhiṇaṃ;

Vimuttacitte akhile anāsave, araṇavihārimhi asaṅgamānase.

‘‘Tasmiñca ¶ okappayi dhammamuttamaṃ, tasmiñca dhamme paṇidhesiṃ mānasaṃ;

Evaṃ vihārīhi me saṅgamo siyā, bhave kudāsupi ca mā apekkhavā.

‘‘Tasseva kammassa vipākato ahaṃ, sahassakkhattuṃ kurusūpapajjatha [kurūsūpapajjatha (sī.)];

Dīghāyukesu amamesu pāṇisu, visesagāmīsu ahīnagāmisu.

‘‘Tasseva kammassa vipākato ahaṃ, sahassakkhattuṃ tidasopapajjatha;

Vicitramālābharaṇānulepisu, visiṭṭhakāyūpagato yasassisu.

‘‘Tasseva kammassa vipākato ahaṃ, vimuttacitto akhilo anāsavo;

Imehi me antimadehadhāribhi, samāgamo ¶ āsihi tāhi tāsihi.

‘‘Paccakkhaṃ ¶ khvimaṃ avaca tathāgato jino, samijjhate sīlavato yadicchati;

Yathā yathā me manasā vicintitaṃ, tathā samiddhaṃ ayamantimo bhavo’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Ekatiṃsamhi kappamhi jino anejo, anantadassī bhagavā sikhīti;

Tassāpi rājā bhātā sikhiddhe [sikhaṇḍi (sī.)], buddhe ca dhamme ca abhippasanno.

‘‘Parinibbute lokavināyakamhi, thūpaṃ sakāsi vipulaṃ mahantaṃ;

Samantato gāvutikaṃ mahesino, devātidevassa naruttamassa.

‘‘Tasmiṃ manusso balimābhihārī, paggayha jātisumanaṃ pahaṭṭho;

Vātena pupphaṃ patitassa ekaṃ, tāhaṃ gahetvāna tasseva dāsi.

‘‘So maṃ avocābhipasannacitto, tuyhameva etaṃ pupphaṃ dadāmi;

Tāhaṃ gahetvā abhiropayesiṃ, punappunaṃ buddhamanussaranto.

‘‘Ajja ¶ tiṃsaṃ tato kappā, nābhijānāmi duggatiṃ;

Vinipātañca na gacchāmi, thūpapūjāyidaṃ phala’’nti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Kapilaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, suvibhattaṃ mahāpathaṃ;

Ākiṇṇamiddhaṃ phītañca, brahmadattassa rājino.

‘‘Kummāsaṃ ¶ vikkiṇiṃ tattha, pañcālānaṃ puruttame;

Sohaṃ ¶ addasiṃ sambuddhaṃ, upariṭṭhaṃ yasassinaṃ.

‘‘Haṭṭho cittaṃ pasādetvā, nimantesiṃ naruttamaṃ;

Ariṭṭhaṃ dhuvabhattena, yaṃ me gehamhi vijjatha.

‘‘Tato ca kattiko puṇṇo [kattikā puṇṇā (ka.)], puṇṇamāsī upaṭṭhitā;

Navaṃ dussayugaṃ gayha, ariṭṭhassopanāmayiṃ.

‘‘Pasannacittaṃ ñatvāna, paṭiggaṇhi naruttamo;

Anukampako kāruṇiko, taṇhānighātako muni.

‘‘Tāhaṃ kammaṃ karitvāna, kalyāṇaṃ buddhavaṇṇitaṃ;

Deve ceva manusse ca, sandhāvitvā tato cuto.

‘‘Bārāṇasiyaṃ nagare, seṭṭhissa ekaputtako;

Aḍḍhe kulasmiṃ uppajjiṃ, pāṇehi ca piyataro.

‘‘Tato ca viññutaṃ patto, devaputtena codito;

Pāsādā orūhitvāna, sambuddhamupasaṅkamiṃ.

‘‘So me dhammamadesayi, anukampāya gotamo;

Dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ.

‘‘Ariyaṃ ¶ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ;

Cattāri ariyasaccāni, muni dhammamadesayi.

‘‘Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, vihariṃ sāsane rato;

Samathaṃ paṭivijjhāhaṃ, rattindivamatandito.

‘‘Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, ye me vijjiṃsu [vijjhiṃsu (sī.)] āsavā;

Sabbe āsuṃ samucchinnā, na ca uppajjare puna.

‘‘Pariyantakataṃ dukkhaṃ, carimoyaṃ samussayo;

Jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthidāni punabbhavo’’ti.

Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

99. Tattha ¶ katamaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?

‘‘Uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vippamutto, ayaṃ ahasmīti [ayamahamasmīti (sī.) passa udā. 61] anānupassī;

Evaṃ vimutto udatāri oghaṃ, atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Sīlavato ¶ , ānanda, na cetanā [cetanāya (a. ni. 11.2)] karaṇīyā ‘kinti me avippaṭisāro jāyeyyā’ti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ sīlavato avippaṭisāro jāyeyya. Avippaṭisārinā, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me pāmojjaṃ jāyeyyā’ti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ avippaṭisārino pāmojjaṃ jāyeyya. Pamuditena, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me pīti jāyeyyā’ti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ pamuditassa pīti jāyeyya. Pītimanassa, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me kāyo passambheyyā’ti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ pītimanassa kāyo passambheyya. Passaddhakāyassa ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kintāhaṃ sukhaṃ vediyeyya’nti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyeyya. Sukhino ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me samādhi jāyeyyā’ti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ sukhino samādhi jāyeyya. Samāhitassa ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kintāhaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya’nti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya. Yathābhūtaṃ pajānatā ¶ , ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me nibbidā jāyeyyā’ti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto nibbindeyya. Nibbindantena, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me virāgo jāyeyyā’ti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ nibbindanto virajjeyya. Virajjantena ānanda na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me vimutti jāyeyyā’ti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ virajjanto vimucceyya. Vimuttena, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ uppajjeyyā’ti. Dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ vimuttassa vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ uppajjeyyā’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

100.

‘‘Yadā ¶ ¶ have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;

Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā, yato pajānāti sahetudhamma’’nti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;

Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā, yato khayaṃ paccayānaṃ avedī’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Kiṃnu [passa saṃ. ni. 2.243] kujjhasi mā kujjhi, akkodho tissa te varaṃ;

Kodhamānamakkhavinayatthaṃ hi, tissa brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Kadāhaṃ nandaṃ passeyyaṃ, āraññaṃ [araññaṃ (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 2.242] paṃsukūlikaṃ;

Aññātuñchena yāpentaṃ, kāmesu anapekkhina’’nti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Kiṃsu chetvā sukhaṃ seti, kiṃsu chetvā na socati;

Kissassu [kissassa (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.187] ekadhammassa, vadhaṃ rocesi gotamāti.

‘‘Kodhaṃ ¶ chetvā sukhaṃ seti, kodhaṃ chetvā na socati;

Kodhassa visamūlassa, madhuraggassa brāhmaṇa;

Vadhaṃ ariyā pasaṃsanti, taṃ hi chetvā na socatī’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Kiṃsu hane uppatitaṃ, kiṃsu jātaṃ vinodaye;

Kiñcassu pajahe dhīro, kissābhisamayo sukho.

‘‘Kodhaṃ ¶ ¶ hane uppatitaṃ, rāgaṃ jātaṃ vinodaye;

Avijjaṃ pajahe dhīro, saccābhisamayo sukho’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

101.

‘‘Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, ḍayhamānova [dayhamāneva (ka.) saṃ. ni. 1.21; theragā. 39 passitabbaṃ] matthake;

Kāmarāgappahānāya, sato bhikkhu paribbaje.

‘‘Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, ḍayhamānova matthake;

Sakkāyadiṭṭhippahānāya, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Sabbe khayantā nicayā, patanantā samussayā;

Sabbesaṃ maraṇamāgamma, sabbesaṃ jīvitamaddhuvaṃ;

Etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe [maraṇaṃ (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.100] pekkhamāno, puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahāni.

‘‘Sabbe khayantā nicayā, patanantā samussayā;

Sabbesaṃ maraṇamāgamma, sabbesaṃ jīvitamaddhuvaṃ;

Etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno, lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Sukhaṃ ¶ sayanti munayo, na te socanti māvidha;

Yesaṃ jhānarataṃ cittaṃ, paññavā susamāhito;

Āraddhavīriyo pahitatto, oghaṃ tarati duttaraṃ.

‘‘Virato kāmasaññāya, sabbasaṃyojanātīto [sabbasaṃyojanātigo (sī.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.96];

Nandibhavaparikkhīṇo [nandīrāgaparikkhīṇo (ka.) saṃ. ni. 1.96], so gambhīre na sīdatī’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Saddahāno arahataṃ, dhammaṃ nibbānapattiyā;

Sussūsaṃ labhate paññaṃ, appamatto vicakkhaṇo.

Patirūpakārī ¶ ¶ dhuravā, uṭṭhātā vindate dhanaṃ;

Saccena kittiṃ pappoti, dadaṃ mittāni ganthati;

Asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ, evaṃ [save (sī.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.246] pecca na socatī’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Sabbaganthapahīnassa, vippamuttassa te sato;

Samaṇassa na taṃ sādhu, yadaññamanusāsasīti.

‘‘Yena kenaci vaṇṇena, saṃvāso sakka jāyati;

Na taṃ arahati sappañño, manasā anukampituṃ [ananukampitaṃ (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.236].

‘‘Manasā ce pasannena, yadaññamanusāsati;

Na tena hoti saṃyutto, yānukampā anuddayā’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

102.

‘‘Rāgo ca doso ca kutonidānā, aratī ratī [arati rati (ka.) saṃ. ni. 1.237; su. ni. 273 passitabbaṃ] lomahaṃso kutojā;

Kuto samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā, kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajanti.

‘‘Rāgo ¶ ca doso ca itonidānā, aratī ratī lomahaṃso itojā;

Ito samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā, kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajanti.

‘‘Snehajā attasambhūtā, nigrodhasseva khandhajā;

Puthu visattā kāmesu, māluvāva vitatā vane.

‘‘Ye naṃ pajānanti yatonidānaṃ, te naṃ vinodenti suṇohi yakkha;

Te duttaraṃ oghamimaṃ taranti, atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Dukkaraṃ ¶ ¶ bhagavā sudukkaraṃ bhagavā’’ti;

‘‘Dukkaraṃ vāpi karonti, [kāmadāti bhagavā]

Sekkhā sīlasamāhitā;

Ṭhitattā anagāriyupetassa, tuṭṭhi hoti sukhāvahā’’ti.

‘‘Dullabhā [dullabhaṃ (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.87] bhagavā yadidaṃ tuṭṭhī’’ti;

‘‘Dullabhaṃ vāpi labhanti, [kāmadāti bhagavā]

Cittavūpasame ratā;

Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, bhāvanāya rato mano’’ti.

‘‘Dussamādahaṃ bhagavā yadidaṃ citta’’nti;

‘‘Dussamādahaṃ vāpi samādahanti, [kāmadāti bhagavā]

Indriyūpasame ratā;

Te chetvā maccuno jālaṃ, ariyā gacchanti kāmadā’’ti.

‘‘Duggamo bhagavā visamo maggo’’ti;

‘‘Duggame ¶ visame vāpi, ariyā gacchanti kāmada [kāmadā (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.87];

Anariyā visame magge, papatanti avaṃsirā;

Ariyānaṃ samo maggo, ariyā hi visame samā’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

103.

‘‘Idaṃ hi [passa saṃ. ni. 1.101] taṃ jetavanaṃ, isisaṅghanisevitaṃ;

Āvutthaṃ dhammarājena, pītisañjananaṃ mama.

‘‘Kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca, sīlaṃ jīvitamuttamaṃ;

Etena maccā sujjhanti, na gottena dhanena vā.

‘‘Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso, sampassaṃ atthamattano;

Yoniso vicine dhammaṃ, evaṃ tattha visujjhati.

‘‘Sāriputtova ¶ paññāya, sīlena upasamena ca;

Yopi pāraṅgato bhikkhu, etāvaparamo siyā’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Atītaṃ nānvāgameyya, nappaṭikaṅkhe anāgataṃ;

Yadatītaṃ pahīnaṃ [pahīṇaṃ (sī.) passa ma. ni. 3.272] taṃ, appattañca anāgataṃ.

‘‘Paccuppannañca ¶ yo dhammaṃ, tattha tattha vipassati;

Asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ, taṃ vidvā manubrūhaye.

‘‘Ajjeva kiccamātappaṃ [kiccaṃ ātappaṃ (sī.)], ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve;

Na hi no saṅgaraṃ tena, mahāsenena maccunā.

‘‘Evaṃ vihāriṃ ātāpiṃ, ahorattamatanditaṃ;

Taṃ ve ‘‘bhaddekaratto’’ti, santo ācikkhate munī’’ti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Cattārimāni ¶ , bhikkhave, sacchikātabbāni. Katamāni cattāri? Atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā cakkhunā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā, atthi dhammā satiyā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā, atthi dhammā kāyena paññāya ca sacchikātabbā, atthi dhammā paññāya veditabbā, paññāya ca sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā cakkhunā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā? Dibbacakkhu suvisuddhaṃ atikkantamānusakaṃ cakkhunā paññāya ca sacchikātabbaṃ.

‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā satiyā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā? Pubbenivāsānussati satiyā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā kāyena paññāya ca sacchikātabbā? Iddhividhā nirodhā kāyena paññāya ca sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā paññāya veditabbā, paññāya sacchikātabbā? Āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ paññāya veditabbaṃ, paññāya ca sacchikātabba’’nti.

Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

104. Tattha ¶ katamaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?

‘‘Yassa selūpamaṃ cittaṃ, ṭhitaṃ nānupakampati;

Virattaṃ rajanīyesu, kopaneyye na kuppati;

Yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, kuto naṃ [taṃ (udā. 34)] dukkhamessatī’’ti.

Idaṃ ¶ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

Āyasmato ca sāriputtassa cārikādasamaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ kātabbanti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Yo ¶ brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo, nihuṃhuṅko [nihuhuṅko (sī.) passa udā. 4] nikkasāvo yatatto;

Vedantagū vūsitabrahmacariyo, dhammena so brahmavādaṃ vadeyya;

Yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke’’ti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Bāhitvā pāpake dhamme, ye caranti sadā satā;

Khīṇasaṃyojanā buddhā, te ve lokasmi [lokasmiṃ (sī. ka.) passa udā. 5] brāhmaṇā’’ti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Yattha āpo ca pathavī, tejo vāyo na gādhati;

Na tattha sukkā jotanti, ādicco nappakāsati;

Na tattha candimā bhāti, tamo tattha na vijjati.

‘‘Yadā ca attanāvedi [vedī (sī.) passa udā. 10], muni monena brāhmaṇo;

Atha rūpā arūpā ca, sukhadukkhā pamuccatī’’ti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Yadā sakesu [passa udā. 7] dhammesu, pāragū hoti brāhmaṇo;

Atha etaṃ pisācañca, pakkulañcātivattatī’’ti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Nābhinandati ¶ āyantiṃ [āyantiṃ nābhinandati (udā. 8)], pakkamantiṃ na socati;

Saṅgā saṅgāmajiṃ muttaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇa’’nti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Na ¶ udakena sucī [suci (sī. ka.) passa udā. 9] hoti, bahvettha nhāyatī [nahāyati (sī.)] jano;

Yamhi saccañca dhammo ca, so sucī so ca brāhmaṇo’’ti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Yadā ¶ have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;

Vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, sūriyova obhāsayamantalikkha’’nti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Santindriyaṃ passatha iriyamānaṃ, tevijjapattaṃ apahānadhammaṃ;

Sabbāni yogāni upātivatto, akiñcano iriyati paṃsukūliko.

‘‘Taṃ devatā sambahulā uḷārā, brahmavimānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā;

Ājāniyaṃ jātibalaṃ nisedhaṃ, nidha namassanti pasannacittā.

‘‘Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama;

Yassa te nābhijānāma, kiṃ tvaṃ nissāya jhāyasī’’ti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Sahāyā vatime bhikkhū, cirarattaṃ sametikā;

Sameti nesaṃ saddhammo, dhamme buddhappavedite’’.

‘‘Suvinītā ¶ kappinena, dhamme ariyappavedite;

Dhārenti antimaṃ dehaṃ, jetvā māraṃ savāhini’’nti [savāhana’’nti (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 2.246].

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Nayidaṃ sithilamārabbha, nayidaṃ appena thāmasā;

Nibbānaṃ adhigantabbaṃ, sabbadukkhappamocanaṃ [sabbagantapamocanaṃ (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 2.238].

‘‘Ayañca ¶ daharo bhikkhu, ayamuttamapuriso;

Dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ, jetvā māraṃ savāhini’’nti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

‘‘Dubbaṇṇako lūkhacīvaro, mogharājā sadā sato;

Khīṇāsavo visaṃyutto, katakicco anāsavo.

‘‘Tevijjo ¶ iddhippatto ca, cetopariyakovido [cetopariyāyakovido (sī.)];

Dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ, jetvā māraṃ savāhini’’nti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

105. ‘‘Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddhoti vuccati. Bhikkhupi, bhikkhave, paññāvimutto rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto paññāvimuttoti vuccati.

‘‘Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vedanāya…pe… saññāya…pe… saṅkhārānaṃ…pe… viññāṇassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddhoti vuccati. Bhikkhupi, bhikkhave, paññāvimutto viññāṇassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto paññāvimuttoti vuccati.

‘‘Tatra kho, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso [adhippāyo (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 3.58] kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa paññāvimuttena bhikkhunāti? Bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā…pe…

‘‘Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā ¶ , maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido, maggānugā ca, bhikkhave, etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchāsamannāgatā. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso, ayaṃ adhippayāso, idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa paññāvimuttena bhikkhunā’’ti.

Idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

106. Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ?

‘‘Channamativassati ¶ [passa udā. 45], vivaṭaṃ nātivassati;

Tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassatī’’ti.

‘‘Channamativassatī’’ti ¶ saṃkileso, ‘‘vivaṭaṃ nātivassatī’’ti vāsanā, ‘‘tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassatī’’ti ayaṃ saṃkileso ca vāsanā ca. Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

‘‘Cattārome, mahārāja [bhikkhave (a. ni. 4.85)], puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame cattāro? Tamo tamaparāyaṇo tamo jotiparāyaṇo joti tamaparāyaṇo joti jotiparāyaṇo’’ti. Tattha yo ca puggalo joti tamaparāyaṇo yo ca puggalo tamo tamaparāyaṇo, ime dve puggalā saṃkilesabhāgiyā, yo ca puggalo tamo jotiparāyaṇo yo ca puggalo joti jotiparāyaṇo, ime dve puggalā vāsanābhāgiyā. Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?

‘‘Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, yadāyasaṃ dārujapabbajañca [dārujaṃ pabbajañca (saṃ. ni. 1.121)];

Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā’’ti;

Ayaṃ saṃkileso.

‘‘Etaṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ;

Etampi chetvāna paribbajanti, anapekkhino kāmasukhaṃ pahāyā’’ti.

Ayaṃ nibbedho ¶ . Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

107. ‘‘Yañca, bhikkhave, ceteti, yañca pakappeti, yañca anuseti. Ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā, ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti, tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe ¶ āyatiṃ [āyati (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 2.38] punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti, āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā sati āyatiṃ [āyati (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 2.38] jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.

‘‘No ce, bhikkhave, ceteti, no ce pakappeti, atha ce anuseti. Ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā, ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa [tassa viññāṇassa (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 2.38] hoti, tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti, āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā sati āyatiṃ ¶ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti. Ayaṃ saṃkileso.

‘‘Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, no ceva [ca (sī. ka.)] ceteti, no ca pakappeti, no ca anuseti. Ārammaṇametaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā, ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti, tasmiṃ appatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti na hoti, āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā asati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti, ayaṃ nibbedho. Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

108. Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?

‘‘‘Samuddo samuddo’ti kho, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano bhāsati, neso, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye samuddo, mahā eso bhikkhave, udakarāsi mahāudakaṇṇavo. Cakkhu, bhikkhave, purisassa samuddo, tassa rūpamayo vego. Ayaṃ saṃkileso.

‘‘Yo ¶ taṃ rūpamayaṃ vegaṃ sahati ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, atari [atāri (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 4.228] cakkhusamuddaṃ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sagahaṃ [sagāhaṃ (saṃ. ni. 4.228)] sarakkhasaṃ ¶ tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo’’ti. Ayaṃ asekkho.

‘‘‘Sotaṃ, bhikkhave…pe… ghānaṃ…pe… jivhā…pe… kāyo…pe… mano, bhikkhave, purisassa samuddo tassa dhammamayo vegoti. Ayaṃ saṃkileso.

‘‘Yo taṃ dhammamayaṃ vegaṃ sahati, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, atari manosamuddaṃ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sagahaṃ sarakkhasaṃ tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo’’ti. Ayaṃ asekkho. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato, athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Yo imaṃ samuddaṃ sagahaṃ sarakkhasaṃ,

Saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sabhayaṃ duttaraṃ accatari;

Sa vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, lokantagū pāragatoti vuccatī’’ti.

Ayaṃ ¶ asekkho. Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

‘‘Chayime, bhikkhave, baḷisā lokasmiṃ anayāya sattānaṃ byābādhāya [vadhāya (saṃ. ni. 4.230)] pāṇīnaṃ. Katame cha? Santi, bhikkhave, cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilitabaḷiso [gilabaḷiso (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 4.230] mārassa anayaṃ āpanno, byasanaṃ āpanno, yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyo pāpimato.

‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā…pe… jivhāviññeyyā rasā…pe… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā…pe… manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ¶ ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilitabaḷiso mārassa anayaṃ āpanno, byasanaṃ āpanno, yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyo [yathākāmakaraṇīyo (sī.) saṃ. ni. 4.230] pāpimato’’ti. Ayaṃ saṃkileso.

‘‘Santi ¶ ca, bhikkhave, cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na gilitabaḷiso mārassa, abhedi baḷisaṃ, paribhedi baḷisaṃ, na anayaṃ āpanno, na byasanaṃ āpanno, na yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyo pāpimato.

‘‘Santi ca, bhikkhave, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati, nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na gilitabaḷiso mārassa, abhedi baḷisaṃ, paribhedi baḷisaṃ, na anayaṃ āpanno, na byasanaṃ āpanno, na yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyo pāpimato’’ti. Ayaṃ asekkho. Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

109. Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?

‘‘Ayaṃ loko santāpajāto, phassapareto rogaṃ vadati attato [attano (sī. ka.) passa udā. 30];

Yena yena hi maññati [maññanti (sī. ka.)], tato taṃ hoti aññathā.

‘‘Aññathābhāvī ¶ bhavasatto loko, bhavapareto bhavamevābhinandati;

Yadabhinandati taṃ bhayaṃ;

Yassa bhāyati taṃ dukkha’’nti; Ayaṃ saṃkileso.

‘‘Bhavavippahānāya kho panidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti; Ayaṃ nibbedho;

‘‘Ye ¶ hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavena bhavassa vippamokkhamāhaṃsu, sabbe te ‘avippamuttā bhavasmā’ti vadāmi. Ye vā pana keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā vibhavena bhavassa nissaraṇamāhaṃsu, sabbe te ‘anissaṭā bhavasmā’ti vadāmi. Upadhiṃ [upadhi (sī. ka.) passa udā. 30] hi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ sambhotī’’ti. Ayaṃ saṃkileso.

‘‘Sabbupādānakkhayā ¶ natthi dukkhassa sambhavo’’ti. Ayaṃ nibbedho.

‘‘Lokamimaṃ passa, puthū avijjāya paretā bhūtā bhūtaratā, bhavā aparimuttā, ye hi keci bhavā sabbadhi sabbatthatāya, sabbe te bhavā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā’’ti. Ayaṃ saṃkileso.

‘‘Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ, sammappaññāya passato;

Bhavataṇhā pahīyati, vibhavaṃ nābhinandati;

Sabbaso taṇhānaṃ khayā, asesavirāganirodho nibbāna’’nti;

Ayaṃ nibbedho.

‘‘Tassa nibbutassa bhikkhuno, anupādā punabbhavo na hoti;

Abhibhūto māro vijitasaṅgāmo, upaccagā sabbabhavāni tādī’’ti.

Ayaṃ asekkho. Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave [passa a. ni. 4.5], puggalā. Katame cattāro? Anusotagāmī paṭisotagāmī ṭhitatto tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo’’ti. Tattha yoyaṃ puggalo anusotagāmī, ayaṃ puggalo saṃkilesabhāgiyo. Tattha yoyaṃ puggalo paṭisotagāmī yo ca ṭhitatto, ime dve puggalā ¶ nibbedhabhāgiyā. Tattha ¶ yoyaṃ puggalo tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo, ayaṃ asekkho. Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

110. Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?

Chaḷābhijātiko atthi puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, atthi puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, atthi puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ accantadiṭṭhaṃ [antaṃ niṭṭhaṃ (sī.)] nibbānaṃ ārādheti, atthi ¶ puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, atthi puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, atthi puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ accantadiṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādheti.

Tattha yo ca puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, yo ca puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, ime dve puggalā saṃkilesabhāgiyā.

Tattha yo ca puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, yo ca puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, ime dve puggalā vāsanābhāgiyā.

Tattha yo ca puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ accantadiṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādheti, yo ca puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ accantadiṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādheti, ime dve puggalā nibbedhabhāgiyā, idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave [passa a. ni. 4.232-233], kammāni. Katamāni cattāri? Atthi ¶ kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ, atthi kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ, atthi kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ, atthi kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammuttamaṃ kammaseṭṭhaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati’’.

Tattha ¶ yañca kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ, yañca kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ, ayaṃ saṃkileso. Yañca kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ, ayaṃ vāsanā. Yañca kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammuttamaṃ kammaseṭṭhaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati, ayaṃ nibbedho. Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

111. Tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca, nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?

‘‘Laddhāna mānusattaṃ dve, kiccaṃ akiccameva ca;

Sukiccaṃ ceva puññāni, saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā’’ti.

‘‘Sukiccaṃ ¶ ceva puññānī’’ti vāsanā. ‘‘Saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā’’ti nibbedho.

‘‘Puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā;

Saṃyojanappahānā, jarāmaraṇā vippamuccantī’’ti.

‘‘Puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā’’ti vāsanā. ‘‘Saṃyojanappahānā jarāmaraṇā vippamuccantī’’ti nibbedho. Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

‘‘Dvemāni, bhikkhave, padhānāni [passa a. ni. 2.2]. Katamāni dve? Yo ca agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitesu cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ pariccajati, yo ca agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitesu sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbāna’’nti. Tattha ¶ yo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitesu cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ pariccajati, ayaṃ vāsanā.

Yo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitesu sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ, ayaṃ nibbedho. Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.

Tattha taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ taṇhāpakkheneva niddisitabbaṃ tīhi taṇhāhi – kāmataṇhāya bhavataṇhāya vibhavataṇhāya. Yena yena vā pana vatthunā ajjhositā, tena teneva niddisitabbaṃ, tassā vitthāro chattiṃsataṇhājāliniyāvicaritāni.

Tattha ¶ diṭṭhisaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ diṭṭhipakkheneva niddisitabbaṃ ucchedasassatena, yena yena vā pana vatthunā diṭṭhivasena abhinivisati ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti, tena teneva niddisitabbaṃ, tassā vitthāro dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni.

Tattha duccaritasaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ cetanāya cetasikakammena niddisitabbaṃ tīhi duccaritehi – kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, tassa vitthāro dasaakusalakammapathā.

Tattha ¶ taṇhāvodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ samathena niddisitabbaṃ, diṭṭhivodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ vipassanā niddisitabbaṃ, duccaritavodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ sucaritena niddisitabbaṃ. Tīṇi akusalamūlāni. Taṃ kissa hetu? Saṃsārassa nibbattiyā. Tathā nibbatte saṃsāre kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ iminā asubhena kammavipākena idaṃ bālalakkhaṇaṃ nibbattatīti. Idaṃ ¶ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

Iminā subhena kammavipākena idaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ nibbattatīti. Idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

Tattha saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ catūhi kilesabhūmīhi niddisitabbaṃ – anusayabhūmiyā pariyuṭṭhānabhūmiyā saṃyojanabhūmiyā upādānabhūmiyā. Sānusayassa pariyuṭṭhānaṃ jāyati, pariyuṭṭhito saṃyujjati, saṃyujjanto upādiyati, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Imāhi catūhi kilesabhūmīhi sabbe kilesā saṅgahaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchanti, idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.

Vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ tīhi sucaritehi niddisitabbaṃ, nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ catūhi saccehi niddisitabbaṃ, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ tīhi dhammehi niddisitabbaṃ – buddhadhammehi paccekabuddhadhammehi sāvakabhūmiyā. Jhāyivisaye niddisitabbanti.

112. Tattha katame aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā? Lokiyaṃ lokuttaraṃ lokiyañca lokuttarañca, sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca, ñāṇaṃ ñeyyaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca, dassanaṃ ¶ bhāvanā dassanañca bhāvanā ca, sakavacanaṃ paravacanaṃ sakavacanañca paravacanañca, visajjanīyaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca, kammaṃ vipāko kammañca vipāko ca, kusalaṃ akusalaṃ kusalañca akusalañca, anuññātaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca, thavo cāti.

Tattha ¶ katamaṃ lokiyaṃ?

‘‘Na hi pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, sajjukhīraṃva muccati;

Ḍahantaṃ [dahantaṃ (sī. ka.) passa dha. pa. 71] bālamanveti, bhasmacchannova [bhasmāchannova (ka.)] pāvakoti.

Idaṃ ¶ lokiyaṃ.

‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, agatigamanāni sabbaṃ…pe… nihīyate tassa yaso kāḷapakkheva candimā’’ti. Idaṃ lokiyaṃ.

‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā [passa a. ni. 8.6]. Katame aṭṭha? Lābho alābho, yaso ayaso, nindā pasaṃsā, sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha lokadhammā’’ti. Idaṃ lokiyaṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ lokuttaraṃ?

‘‘Yassindriyāni samathaṅgatāni [samathaṃ gatāni (sī.) passa dha. pa. 94]; Assā yathā sārathinā sudantā;

Pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, devāpi tassa pihayanti tādino’’ti.

Idaṃ lokuttaraṃ.

‘‘Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni lokuttarāni. Katamāni pañca? Saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ satindriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañcindriyāni lokuttarānī’’ti. Idaṃ lokuttaraṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ lokiyañca lokuttarañca?

‘‘Laddhāna mānusattaṃ dve, kiccaṃ akiccameva cā’’ti dve gāthā. Yaṃ iha ‘‘sukiccaṃ ceva ¶ puññānī’’ti ca ‘‘puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā’’ti ca. Idaṃ lokiyaṃ.

Yaṃ iha ‘‘saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā’’ti ca ‘‘saṃyojanappahānā, jarāmaraṇā vippamuccantī’’ti ca, idaṃ lokuttaraṃ. Idaṃ lokiyañca lokuttarañca.

‘‘Viññāṇe ¶ ¶ ce, bhikkhave, āhāre sati nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti, nāmarūpassa avakkantiyā sati punabbhavo hoti, punabbhave sati jāti hoti, jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave [passa saṃ. ni. 2.55], mahārukkho, tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāni yāni ca tiriyaṃ gamāni, sabbāni tāni uddhaṃ ojaṃ abhiharanti. Evaṃ hi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇe āhāre sati nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti sabbaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti. Idaṃ lokiyaṃ.

‘‘Viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre asati nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti, nāmarūpassa avakkantiyā asati punabbhavo na hoti, punabbhave asati jāti na hoti, jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahārukkho atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ [kudālapiṭakaṃ (ka.)] ādāya, so taṃ rukkhaṃ mūle chindeyya, mūle [mūlaṃ (saṃ. ni. 2.55)] chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷimattānipi. So taṃ rukkhaṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chinditvā [chitvā (sī. ka.)] phāleyya, phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visoseyya, vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahetvā masiṃ kareyya, masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuneyya, nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya, evaṃ hi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato [anabhāvaṃgato (sī.)] āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇe āhāre asati nāmarūpassa ¶ avakkanti na hoti, nāmarūpassa avakkantiyā asati sabbaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Idaṃ lokuttaraṃ. Idaṃ lokiyañca lokuttarañca.

113. Tattha ¶ ¶ katamaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ?

‘‘Sabbā disā anuparigamma cetasā, nevajjhagā piyataramattanā kvaci;

Evaṃ piyo puthu attā paresaṃ, tasmā na hiṃse paramattakāmo’’ti [paraṃ attakāmoti (sī.) saṃ. ni. 1.119; udā. 41 passitabbaṃ].

Idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.

‘‘Ye keci bhūtā bhavissanti ye vāpi [ca (sī. ka.) passa udā. 42], sabbe gamissanti pahāya dehaṃ;

Taṃ sabbajāniṃ kusalo viditvā, ātāpiyo [ātāpī so (sī. ka.) passa udā. 42] brahmacariyaṃ careyyā’’ti.

Idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.

‘‘Sattahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ api viveciyamānena paṇāmiyamānena gale pisanamajjamānena [galepi pamajjamānena (sī.)] yāvajīvaṃ na vijahitabbaṃ. Katamehi sattahi? Piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca vattā ca vacanakkhamo ca gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā hoti, no ca aṭṭhāne [na ca aṭṭhāne (sī. ka.) passa a. ni. 7.37] niyojeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi…pe… na vijahitabbaṃ. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato. Athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Piyo garu bhāvanīyo, vattā ca vacanakkhamo;

Gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā, na caṭṭhāne niyojako;

Taṃ mittaṃ mittakāmena, yāvajīvampi seviya’’nti.

Idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.

Tattha ¶ katamaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ?

‘‘Yañca kāmasukhaṃ loke, yañcidaṃ diviyaṃ sukhaṃ;

Taṇhakkhayasukhassete [taṇhakkhayā sukhassete (sī.) passa udā. 12], kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasi’’nti.

Idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.

‘‘Susukhaṃ ¶ [passa theragā. 227] vata nibbānaṃ, sammāsambuddhadesitaṃ;

Asokaṃ virajaṃ khemaṃ, yattha dukkhaṃ nirujjhatī’’ti.

Idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.

Tattha ¶ katamaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca

‘‘Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā, rājāno dve ca khattiye;

Raṭṭhaṃ sānucaraṃ hantvā’’ti idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.

‘‘Anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo’’ti; Idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ;

Idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca.

‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, iddhipādā [passa iddhipādasaṃyutte]. Katame cattāro? Chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgato iddhipādo, vīriya…pe… citta. Vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgato iddhipādo’’ti. Idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.

So kāyepi cittaṃ samodahati, cittepi kāyaṃ samodahati, kāye sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca okkamitvā upasampajja viharati. Idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ, idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca.

114. Tattha katamaṃ ñāṇaṃ?

‘‘Yaṃ taṃ lokuttaraṃ ñāṇaṃ, sabbaññū yena vuccati;

Na tassa parihānatthi, sabbakāle pavattatī’’ti.

Idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.

‘‘Paññā ¶ hi seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ, yāyaṃ nibbānagāminī [nibbedhagāminī (itivu. 41)];

Yāya sammā pajānāti, jātimaraṇasaṅkhaya’’nti.

Idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ ñeyyaṃ?

‘‘Kittayissāmi ¶ te [vo (sī. ka.) passa su. ni. 1072] santiṃ, [dhotakāti bhagavā,]

Diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ;

Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ.

‘‘Tañcāhaṃ ¶ abhinandāmi, mahesi santimuttamaṃ;

Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ.

‘‘Yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, [dhotakāti bhagavā]

Uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe;

Etaṃ viditvā saṅgoti loke,

Bhavābhavāya mākāsi taṇha’’nti.

Idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.

‘‘Catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca…pe… tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (sī. ka.) passa dī. ni. 2.155] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (sī. ka.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ. Ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato, athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā;

Saṃsitaṃ [saṃsaritaṃ (sī.)] dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.

‘‘Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;

Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti.

Idaṃ ¶ ñeyyaṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca? Rūpaṃ aniccaṃ, vedanā aniccā, saññā aniccā, saṅkhārā aniccā, viññāṇaṃ aniccanti. Idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.

Evaṃ ¶ jānaṃ evaṃ passaṃ ariyasāvako ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’nti passati, ‘‘vedanā aniccā’’ti passati, ‘‘saññaṃ…pe… saṅkhāre…pe… viññāṇaṃ anicca’’nti passatīti. Idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.

So parimuccati rūpena, parimuccati vedanāya, parimuccati saññāya, parimuccati saṅkhārehi, parimuccati viññāṇamhā, parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmīti. Idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.

‘‘Sabbe ¶ saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti idaṃ ñeyyaṃ. ‘‘Yadā paññāya passatī’’ti idaṃ ñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Atha nibbindati dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā’’ti idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.

‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti idaṃ ñeyyaṃ. ‘‘Yadā paññāya passatī’’ti idaṃ ñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Atha nibbindati dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā’’ti idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.

‘‘Sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti idaṃ ñeyyaṃ. ‘‘Yadā paññāya passatī’’ti idaṃ ñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Atha nibbindati dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā’’ti idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.

‘‘Ye ¶ hi keci, soṇa [passa saṃ. ni. 3.49], samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aniccena rūpena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena ‘seyyohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘sadisohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘hīnohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti. Kimaññatra yathābhūtassa adassanā. Aniccāya vedanāya…pe… aniccāya saññāya…pe… aniccehi saṅkhārehi…pe… aniccena viññāṇena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena ‘seyyohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘sadisohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘hīnohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, kimaññatra yathābhūtassa adassanā’’ti. Idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.

‘‘Ye ca kho keci, soṇa, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aniccena rūpena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena ‘seyyohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, ‘sadisohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, ‘hīnohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, kimaññatra yathābhūtassa dassanā. Aniccāya vedanāya…pe… aniccāya saññāya…pe… aniccehi saṅkhārehi…pe… aniccena viññāṇena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena ‘seyyohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, ‘sadisohamasmī’tipi ¶ na samanupassanti, ‘hīnohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, kimaññatra yathābhūtassa dassanāti. Idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.

Idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.

Tattha katamaṃ dassanaṃ?

115.

‘‘Ye ariyasaccāni vibhāvayanti, gambhīrapaññena sudesitāni;

Kiñcāpi te honti bhusaṃ pamattā [bhusappamattā (sī.) passa khu. pā. 609], na te bhavaṃ aṭṭhamamādiyantī’’ti.

Idaṃ dassanaṃ.

‘‘Yathindakhīlo ¶ pathavissito siyā, catubbhi vātehi asampakampiyo;

Tathūpamaṃ ¶ sappurisaṃ vadāmi, yo ariyasaccāni avecca passatī’’ti.

Idaṃ dassanaṃ.

‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya ‘khīṇanirayomhi, khīṇatiracchānayoni, khīṇapettivisayo, khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo, sattakkhattuparamaṃ [sattakkhattuparamo (sī.)] deve ca manusse ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissāmī’ti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā patiṭṭhitā virūḷhā mūlajātā asaṃhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ saha dhammena, dhamme kho pana niṭṭhaṃ gato hoti, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi, yadidaṃ madanimmadano…pe… nirodho nibbānaṃ, saha dhammiyā kho panassa honti iṭṭhā kantā piyā manāpā gihī ceva pabbajitā ca. Ariyakantehi kho pana sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasaṭṭhehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya ‘khīṇanirayomhi, khīṇatiracchānayoni, khīṇapettivisayo, khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo ¶ niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo, sattakkhattuparamaṃ deve ca manusse ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissāmī’’’ti.

Idaṃ ¶ dassanaṃ.

Tattha ¶ katamā bhāvanā?

‘‘Yassindriyāni bhāvitāni [subhāvitāni (sī. ka.) passa su. ni. 512], ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca sabbaloke;

Nibbijjha imaṃ parañca lokaṃ, kālaṃ kaṅkhati bhāvito sadanto’’ti.

Ayaṃ bhāvanā.

‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, dhammapadāni [passa a. ni. 4.29]. Katamāni cattāri? Anabhijjhā dhammapadaṃ, abyāpādo dhammapadaṃ, sammāsati dhammapadaṃ, sammāsamādhi dhammapadaṃ, imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri dhammapadānī’’ti. Ayaṃ bhāvanā.

Tattha katamaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca? ‘‘Pañca chinde pañca jahe’’ti idaṃ dassanaṃ. ‘‘Pañca cuttari bhāvaye. Pañca saṅgātigo bhikkhu, oghatiṇṇoti vuccatī’’ti ayaṃ bhāvanā. Idaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca.

‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni [passa saṃ. ni. 5.493]. Katamāni tīṇi, anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ aññindriyaṃ aññātāvindriyaṃ. Katamañca, bhikkhave, anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anabhisametassa dukkhassa ariyasaccassa abhisamayāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati, anabhisametassa dukkhasamudayassa ¶ ariyasaccassa…pe… dukkhanirodhassa…pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ariyasaccassa abhisamayāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, anaññātaññassāmītindriya’’nti. Idaṃ dassanaṃ.

‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, aññindriyaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti…pe… ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, aññindriyaṃ.

‘‘Katamañca ¶ , bhikkhave, aññātāvindriyaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ ¶ nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, aññātāvindriya’’nti. Ayaṃ bhāvanā.

Idaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca.

116. Tattha katamaṃ sakavacanaṃ?

‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā;

Sacittapariyodāpanaṃ, etaṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti.

Idaṃ sakavacanaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni, yehi bālaṃ bāloti pare sañjānanti. Katamāni tīṇi? Bālo, bhikkhave, duccintitacintī ca hoti, dubbhāsitabhāsī ca hoti, dukkaṭakammakārī [dukkatakammakārī (sī.) ma. ni. 3.246; a. ni. 3.3 passitabbaṃ] ca hoti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni.

‘‘Tīṇimāni ¶ , bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni paṇḍitanimittāni paṇḍitāpadānāni, yehi paṇḍitaṃ paṇḍitoti pare sañjānanti. Katamāni tīṇi? Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, sucintitacintī ca hoti, subhāsitabhāsī ca hoti, sukatakammakārī ca hoti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni paṇḍitanimittāni paṇḍitāpadānānī’’ti.

Idaṃ sakavacanaṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ paravacanaṃ?

‘‘Pathavīsamo natthi vitthato, ninno pātālasamo na vijjati;

Merusamo natthi unnato, cakkavattisadiso natthi poriso’’ti.

Idaṃ paravacanaṃ.

‘‘‘Hotu ¶ , devānaminda, subhāsitena jayoti. Hotu, vepacitti subhāsitena jayoti. Bhaṇa, vepacitti, gātha’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

‘‘Bhiyyo ¶ bālā pabhijjeyyuṃ [pakujjheyyuṃ (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.251], no cassa paṭisedhako;

Tasmā bhusena daṇḍena, dhīro bālaṃ nisedhaye’’ti.

‘‘Bhāsitāya kho pana, bhikkhave, vepacittinā asurindena gāthāya asurā anumodiṃsu, devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca ‘bhaṇa, devānaminda, gātha’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

‘‘Etadeva ahaṃ maññe, bālassa paṭisedhanaṃ;

Paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā, yo sato upasammatī’’ti.

‘‘Bhāsitāya kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkena devānamindena gāthāya devā anumodiṃsu, asurā tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo vepacittiṃ asurindaṃ etadavoca ‘bhaṇa, vepacitti, gātha’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

‘‘Etadeva ¶ titikkhāya, vajjaṃ passāmi vāsava;

Yadā naṃ maññati [maññatī (sī.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.251] bālo, bhayā myāyaṃ titikkhati;

Ajjhāruhati dummedho, gova bhiyyo palāyina’’nti.

‘‘Bhāsitāya kho pana, bhikkhave, vepacittinā asurindena gāthāya asurā anumodiṃsu, devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho vepacitti asurindo sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca ‘bhaṇa, devānaminda, gātha’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

‘‘Kāmaṃ maññatu vā mā vā, bhayā myāyaṃ titikkhati;

Sadatthaparamā atthā, khantā bhiyyo na vijjati.

‘‘Yo ¶ have balavā santo, dubbalassa titikkhati;

Tamāhu paramaṃ khantiṃ, niccaṃ khamati dubbalo.

‘‘Abalaṃ taṃ balaṃ āhu, yassa bālabalaṃ balaṃ;

Balassa dhammaguttassa, paṭivattā na vijjati.

‘‘Tasseva tena pāpiyo, yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati;

Kuddhaṃ appaṭikujjhanto, saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ.

‘‘Ubhinnamatthaṃ ¶ carati, attano ca parassa ca;

Paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā, yo sato upasammati.

‘‘Ubhinnaṃ tikicchantānaṃ, attano ca parassa ca;

Janā maññanti bāloti, ye dhammassa akovidā’’ti.

‘‘Bhāsitāsu kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkena devānamindena gāthāsu devā anumodiṃsu, asurā tuṇhī ahesu’’nti. Idaṃ paravacanaṃ.

117. Tattha katamaṃ sakavacanañca paravacanañca?

Yañca pattaṃ yañca pattabbaṃ ubhayametaṃ rajānukiṇṇaṃ āturassānusikkhato. Ye ca sikkhāsārā sīlaṃ vataṃ jīvitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ upaṭṭhānasārā, ayameko anto. Ye ca evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino ‘‘natthi kāmesu doso’’ti, ayaṃ dutiyo ¶ anto. Iccete ubho antā kaṭasivaḍḍhanā kaṭasiyo diṭṭhiṃ vaḍḍhenti. Ete ubho ante anabhiññāya olīyanti eke atidhāvanti eketi. Idaṃ paravacanaṃ.

Ye ca kho te ubho ante abhiññāya tatra ca na ahesuṃ, tena ca amaññiṃsu, vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāyāti. Idaṃ sakavacanaṃ. Ayaṃ udāno sakavacanañca paravacanañca.

Rājā pasenadi [passenadi (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.113] kosalo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – idha mayhaṃ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa ¶ evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘‘kesaṃ nu kho piyo attā, kesaṃ appiyo attā’’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi ‘‘ye ca kho keci kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti, tesaṃ appiyo attā. Kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘piyo no attā’ti, atha kho tesaṃ appiyo attā. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yaṃ hi appiyo appiyassa kareyya, taṃ te attanāva attano karonti, tasmā tesaṃ appiyo attā. Ye ca kho keci kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, tesaṃ piyo attā. Kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘appiyo no attā’ti, atha kho tesaṃ piyo attā. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yaṃ hi piyo piyassa kareyya ¶ . Taṃ te attanāva attano karonti. Tasmā tesaṃ piyo attā’’ti.

‘‘Evametaṃ, mahārāja, evametaṃ, mahārāja, ye hi keci, mahārāja, kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti tasmā tesaṃ appiyo attā. Kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘piyo no attā’ti, atha kho tesaṃ appiyo attā. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yaṃ hi, mahārāja, appiyo appiyassa kareyya, taṃ te attanāva attano karonti, tasmā tesaṃ appiyo attā. Ye ca kho keci mahārāja kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, tesaṃ piyo attā. Kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘appiyo no attā’ti, atha kho tesaṃ piyo attā. Taṃ ¶ kissa hetu? Yaṃ hi, mahārāja, piyo piyassa kareyya, taṃ te attanāva attano karonti, tasmā tesaṃ piyo attāti. Idamavoca bhagavā…pe… satthā –

‘‘Attānañce piyaṃ jaññā, na naṃ pāpena saṃyuje;

Na hi taṃ sulabhaṃ hoti, sukhaṃ dukkaṭakārinā.

‘‘Antakenādhipannassa [maraṇenābhibhūtassa (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.115], jahato mānusaṃ bhavaṃ;

Kiṃ hi tassa sakaṃ hoti, kiñca ādāya gacchati;

Kiñcassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī.

‘‘Ubho puññañca pāpañca, yaṃ macco kurute idha;

Tañhi tassa sakaṃ hoti, taṃva ādāya gacchati;

Taṃvassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī.

‘‘Tasmā ¶ kareyya kalyāṇaṃ, nicayaṃ samparāyikaṃ;

Puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇina’’nti.

Idaṃ suttaṃ paravacanaṃ. Anugīti sakavacanaṃ. Idaṃ sakavacanañca paravacanañca.

118. Tattha katamaṃ visajjanīyaṃ?

Pañhe pucchite idaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ, idaṃ pariññeyyaṃ, idaṃ pahātabbaṃ, idaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ, idaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ, ime dhammā evaṃgahitā idaṃ phalaṃ nibbattayanti. Tesaṃ ¶ evaṃgahitānaṃ ayamattho iti idaṃ visajjanīyaṃ. ‘‘Uḷāro buddho bhagavā’’ti buddhauḷārataṃ dhammasvākkhātataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiñca ekaṃseneva niddise. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti ekaṃseneva niddise. Yaṃ vā panaññampi evaṃ jātiyaṃ. Idaṃ visajjanīyaṃ.

Tattha ¶ katamaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ?

‘‘Ākaṅkhato te naradammasārathi [naradammasārathī (sī.)], devā manussā manasā vicintitaṃ;

Sabbe na jaññā kasiṇāpi pāṇino, santaṃ samādhiṃ araṇaṃ nisevato;

Kintaṃ bhagavā ākaṅkhatī’’ti.

Idaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ.

Ettako bhagavā sīlakkhandhe samādhikkhandhe paññākkhandhe vimuttikkhandhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe iriyāyaṃ pabhāve hitesitāyaṃ karuṇāyaṃ iddhiyanti. Idaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ.

‘‘Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa loke uppādā tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ uppādo buddharatanassa dhammaratanassa saṅgharatanassa’’. Kiṃ pamāṇāni tīṇi ratanānīti? Idaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ.

Buddhavisayo avisajjanīyo. Puggalaparoparaññutā avisajjanīyā. ‘‘Pubbā, bhikkhave, koṭi ¶ na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sakiṃ nirayaṃ sakiṃ tiracchānayoniṃ sakiṃ pettivisayaṃ sakiṃ asurayoniṃ sakiṃ deve sakiṃ manusse sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ’’. Katamā pubbā koṭīti avisajjanīyaṃ. Na paññāyatīti sāvakānaṃ ñāṇavekallena. Duvidhā buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ desanā attūpanāyikā ca parūpanāyikā ca. Na paññāyatīti parūpanāyikā. Natthi buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ avijānanāti [appajānanāti (sī.)] attūpanāyikā. Yathā bhagavā kokālikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ evamāha –

‘‘Seyyathāpi ¶ ¶ , bhikkhu, vīsatikhāriko kosalako tilavāho…pe… na tveva eko abbudo nirayo. Seyyathāpi bhikkhu, vīsati abbudā nirayā, evameko nirabbudo nirayo [nirabbudanirayo (saṃ. ni. 1.181)]. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati nirabbudā nirayā, evameko ababo nirayo. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati ababā nirayā, evameko aṭaṭo nirayo. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati aṭaṭā nirayā, evameko ahaho nirayo. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati ahahā nirayā, evameko kumudo nirayo. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati kumudā nirayā, evameko sogandhiko nirayo. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati sogandhikā nirayā, evameko uppalako nirayo [uppalanirayo (saṃ. ni. 1.181)]. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati uppalakā nirayā, evameko puṇḍarīko nirayo. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati puṇḍarīkā nirayā, evameko padumo nirayo. Padume pana, bhikkhu, niraye kokāliko bhikkhu upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṃ āghātetvā’’ti. Yaṃ vā pana kiñci bhagavā āha ‘‘ayaṃ appameyyo asaṅkhyeyo’’ti. Sabbaṃ taṃ avisajjanīyaṃ. Idaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ.

119. Tattha katamaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca, yadā so upako ājīvako bhagavantaṃ āha ‘‘kuhiṃ, āvuso gotama, gamissasī’’ti. Bhagavā āha –

‘‘Bārāṇasiṃ gamissāmi, ahaṃ taṃ amatadundubhiṃ;

Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ, loke appaṭivattiya’’nti.

Upako ājīvako āha ‘‘‘jino’ti kho āvuso, bho gotama, paṭijānāsī’’ti. Bhagavā āha –

‘‘Mādisā ¶ ve jinā [jinā ve mādisā (sī. ka.) passa ma. ni. 2.341] honti, ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ;

Jitā me pāpakā dhammā, tasmāhaṃ upakā jino’’ti.

Kathaṃ jino kena jinoti visajjanīyaṃ. Katamo jinoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Katamo āsavakkhayo, rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayoti visajjanīyaṃ. Kittako āsavakkhayoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Idaṃ ¶ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca.

Atthi ¶ tathāgatoti visajjanīyaṃ. Atthi rūpanti visajjanīyaṃ. Rūpaṃ tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Rūpavā tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Rūpe tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Tathāgate rūpanti avisajjanīyaṃ. Evaṃ atthi vedanā…pe… saññā…pe… saṅkhārā…pe… atthi viññāṇanti visajjanīyaṃ. Viññāṇaṃ tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Viññāṇavā tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Viññāṇe tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Tathāgate viññāṇanti avisajjanīyaṃ. Aññatra rūpena tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Aññatra vedanāya…pe… saññāya…pe… saṅkhārehi…pe… viññāṇena tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Ayaṃ so tathāgato arūpako…pe… avedanako…pe… asaññako…pe… asaṅkhārako…pe… aviññāṇakoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Idaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca.

Passati bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte cavamāne upapajjamāne evaṃ sabbaṃ…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānātīti visajjanīyaṃ. Katame sattā, katamo tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ. Idaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca.

Atthi tathāgatoti visajjanīyaṃ. Atthi tathāgato paraṃ maraṇāti avisajjanīyaṃ. Idaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca.

120. Tattha katamaṃ kammaṃ?

‘‘Antakenādhipannassa ¶ , jahato mānusaṃ bhavaṃ;

Kiṃ hi tassa sakaṃ hoti, kiñca ādāya gacchati;

Kiñcassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī.

‘‘Ubho puññañca pāpañca, yaṃ macco kurute idha;

Tañhi tassa sakaṃ hoti, taṃva [tañca (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.115] ādāya gacchati;

Taṃvassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī’’ti.

Idaṃ kammaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bālaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ ¶ vā chamāyaṃ [chamāya (sī. ka.) passa ma. ni. 3.248] vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe pāpakāni kammāni katāni kāyena duccaritāni vācāya duccaritāni manasā duccaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti ¶ abhippalambanti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahataṃ pabbatakūṭānaṃ chāyā sāyanhasamayaṃ pathaviyaṃ olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bālaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā chamāyaṃ vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe pāpakāni kammāni katāni kāyena duccaritāni vācāya duccaritāni manasā duccaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti. Tatra, bhikkhave, bālassa evaṃ hoti ‘akataṃ vata me kalyāṇaṃ, akataṃ kusalaṃ, akataṃ bhīruttāṇaṃ. Kataṃ pāpaṃ, kataṃ luddaṃ, kataṃ kibbisaṃ, yāvatā bho akatakalyāṇānaṃ akatakusalānaṃ akatabhīruttāṇānaṃ katapāpānaṃ kataluddānaṃ katakibbisānaṃ gati, taṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchāmī’ti, so socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohaṃ āpajjatī’’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, paṇḍitaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā chamāyaṃ vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe kalyāṇāni kammāni katāni kāyena sucaritāni vācāya sucaritāni manasā sucaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahataṃ pabbatakūṭānaṃ chāyā sāyanhasamayaṃ pathaviyaṃ olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, paṇḍitaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā chamāyaṃ vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe kalyāṇāni kammāni katāni kāyena sucaritāni vācāya sucaritāni manasā sucaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti. Tatra, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa ‘evaṃ hoti akataṃ vata me pāpaṃ ¶ , akataṃ luddaṃ, akataṃ kibbisaṃ. Kataṃ kalyāṇaṃ, kataṃ kusalaṃ, kataṃ bhīruttāṇaṃ, yāvatā bho akatapāpānaṃ ¶ akataluddānaṃ akatakibbisānaṃ katakalyāṇānaṃ katakusalānaṃ katabhīruttāṇānaṃ gati, taṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchāmī’ti, so na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjati, ‘kataṃ me puññaṃ, akataṃ pāpaṃ, yā bhavissati gati akatapāpassa akataluddassa akatakibbisassa katapuññassa katakusalassa katabhīruttāṇassa, taṃ pecca bhave gatiṃ paccanubhavissāmī’ti vippaṭisāro na jāyati. Avippaṭisārino kho, bhikkhave, itthiyā vā purisassa vā gihino vā pabbajitassa vā bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ bhaddikā kālaṅkiriyāti vadāmī’’ti. Idaṃ kammaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇimāni ¶ , bhikkhave, duccaritāni. Katamāni tīṇi, kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi duccaritāni. Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, sucaritāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi sucaritāni. Idaṃ kammaṃ.

Tattha katamo vipāko?

‘‘Lābhā vo, bhikkhave, suladdhaṃ vo, bhikkhave, khaṇo vo, bhikkhave, paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya. Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, cha phassāyatanikā nāma nirayā. Tattha yaṃ kiñci cakkhunā rūpaṃ passati aniṭṭharūpaṃyeva passati, no iṭṭharūpaṃ. Akantarūpaṃyeva passati, no kantarūpaṃ. Amanāparūpaṃyeva passati, no manāparūpaṃ.

Yaṃ kiñci sotena saddaṃ suṇāti…pe… ghānena…pe… jivhāya…pe… kāyena…pe… yaṃ kiñci manasā dhammaṃ vijānāti aniṭṭhadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no iṭṭhadhammaṃ. Akantadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no kantadhammaṃ. Amanāpadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no manāpadhammaṃ. Lābhā vo, bhikkhave, suladdhaṃ vo, bhikkhave, khaṇo vo, bhikkhave, paṭiladdho ¶ brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, cha phassāyatanikā nāma saggā. Tattha yaṃ kiñci cakkhunā rūpaṃ passati iṭṭharūpaṃyeva passati, no aniṭṭharūpaṃ. Kantarūpaṃyeva passati, no akantarūpaṃ. Manāparūpaṃyeva passati, no amanāparūpaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci sotena saddaṃ suṇāti…pe… ghānena ¶ …pe… jivhāya…pe… kāyena…pe… manasā dhammaṃ vijānāti iṭṭhadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no aniṭṭhadhammaṃ. Kantadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no akantadhammaṃ. Manāpadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no amanāpadhammaṃ. Lābhā vo, bhikkhave, suladdhaṃ vo, bhikkhave, khaṇo vo, bhikkhave, paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāyā’’ti. Ayaṃ vipāko.

‘‘Saṭṭhivassasahassāni, paripuṇṇāni sabbaso;

Niraye paccamānānaṃ [paccamānassa (ka.) passa pe. va. 802], kadā anto bhavissati.

‘‘Natthi anto kuto anto, na anto paṭidissati [patidissati (sī.) jā. 1.4.55];

Tadā hi pakataṃ pāpaṃ, tuyhaṃ mayhañca mārisā’’ti.

Ayaṃ vipāko.

121. Tattha ¶ katamaṃ kammañca vipāko ca?

‘‘Adhammacārī hi naro pamatto, yahiṃ yahiṃ gacchati duggatiṃ yo;

So naṃ adhammo carito hanāti, sayaṃ gahīto yathā kaṇhasappo.

‘‘Na hi [passa theragā. 304] dhammo adhammo ca, ubho samavipākino;

Adhammo nirayaṃ neti, dhammo pāpeti suggati’’nti.

Idaṃ kammañca vipāko ca.

‘‘Mā, bhikkhave, puññānaṃ bhāyittha, sukhassetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṃ iṭṭhassa kantassa piyassa manāpassa yadidaṃ ¶ puññāni. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ puññānaṃ iṭṭhaṃ [dīgharattaṃ iṭṭhaṃ (sī. ka.) passa itivu. 22] kantaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ vipākaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ, satta vassāni mettacittaṃ bhāvetvā satta saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe na imaṃ [na yimaṃ (itivu. 22)] lokaṃ punarāgamāsiṃ. Saṃvaṭṭamāne sudāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kappe ābhassarūpago homi. Vivaṭṭamāne kappe suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ upapajjāmi. Tatra sudāhaṃ [sudaṃ (itivu. 22)], bhikkhave, brahmā homi mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī. Chattiṃsakkhattuṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sakko ahosiṃ devānamindo, anekasatakkhattuṃ rājā ahosiṃ cakkavattī [cakkavatti (ka.)] dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato, ko pana vādo padesarajjassa? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi ‘kissa nu kho me idaṃ kammassa ¶ phalaṃ, kissa kammassa vipāko, yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi ‘tiṇṇaṃ kho me idaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ vipāko. Yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo’ti. Seyyathidaṃ, dānassa damassa saṃyamassā’’ti. Tattha yañca dānaṃ yo ca damo yo ca saṃyamo, idaṃ kammaṃ. Yo tappaccayā vipāko paccanubhūto, ayaṃ vipāko. Tathā cūḷakammavibhaṅgo vattabbo.

Yaṃ ¶ subhassa māṇavassa todeyyaputtassa desitaṃ. Tattha ye dhammā appāyukadīghāyukatāya saṃvattanti bahvābādhaappābādhatāya appesakkhamahesakkhatāya dubbaṇṇasuvaṇṇatāya nīcakulikauccakulikatāya appabhogamahābhogatāya duppaññapaññavantatāya ca ¶ saṃvattanti, idaṃ kammaṃ. Yā tattha appāyukadīghāyukatā…pe… duppaññapaññavantatā, ayaṃ vipāko. Idaṃ kammañca vipāko ca.

122. Tattha katamaṃ kusalaṃ?

‘‘Vācānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto, kāyena ca nākusalaṃ kayirā [akusalaṃ na kayirā (sī.) passa dha. pa. 281];

Ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye, ārādhaye maggamisippavedita’’nti.

Idaṃ kusalaṃ.

‘‘Yassa kāyena vācāya, manasā natthi dukkaṭaṃ;

Saṃvutaṃ tīhi ṭhānehi, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇa’’nti.

Idaṃ kusalaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, kusalamūlāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Alobho kusalamūlaṃ, adoso kusalamūlaṃ, amoho kusalamūlaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi kusalamūlāni. Idaṃ kusalaṃ. ‘‘Vijjā, bhikkhave [vijjā ca kho bhikkhave (saṃyuttanikāye)], pubbaṅgamā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā anudeva [anvadeva (sī. ka.), syādikaṇḍe (moggallāne) 11 suttaṃ passitabbaṃ] hirī ottappañcā’’ti. Idaṃ kusalaṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ akusalaṃ?

‘‘Yassa ¶ accanta dussīlyaṃ, māluvā sālamivotthataṃ;

Karoti so tathattānaṃ, yathā naṃ icchatī diso’’ti.

Idaṃ akusalaṃ.

‘‘Attanā hi kataṃ pāpaṃ, attajaṃ attasambhavaṃ;

Abhimatthati [abhimanthati (sī.) passa dha. pa. 161] dummedhaṃ, vajiraṃvasmamayaṃ maṇi’’nti.

Idaṃ akusalaṃ.

‘‘Dasa ¶ ¶ kammapathe niseviya, akusalākusalehi vivajjitā;

Garahā ca bhavanti devate, bālamatī nirayesu paccare’’ti.

Idaṃ akusalaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, akusalamūlāni [passa a. ni. 3.70], katamāni tīṇi? Lobho akusalamūlaṃ, doso akusalamūlaṃ, moho akusalamūlaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi akusalamūlāni’’. Idaṃ akusalaṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ kusalañca akusalañca?

‘‘Yādisaṃ [saṃ. ni. 1.256] vapate bījaṃ, tādisaṃ harate phalaṃ;

Kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇaṃ, pāpakārī ca pāpaka’’nti.

Tattha yaṃ āha ‘‘kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇa’’nti, idaṃ kusalaṃ. Yaṃ āha ‘‘pāpakārī ca pāpaka’’nti, idaṃ akusalaṃ. Idaṃ kusalañca akusalañca.

‘‘Subhena kammena vajanti suggatiṃ, apāyabhūmiṃ asubhena kammunā;

Khayā ca kammassa vimuttacetaso, nibbanti te jotirivindhanakkhayā’’.

Tattha yaṃ āha ‘‘subhena kammena vajanti suggati’’nti, idaṃ kusalaṃ. Yaṃ āha ‘‘apāyabhūmiṃ asubhena kammunā’’ti, idaṃ akusalaṃ. Idaṃ kusalañca akusalañca.

123. Tattha ¶ katamaṃ anuññātaṃ?

‘‘Yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheṭhayaṃ [vaṇṇagandhaṃ aheṭhayaṃ (sī.) passa dha. pa. 49];

Paleti [paḷeti (ka.)] rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munī care’’ti.

Idaṃ anuññātaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇimāni ¶ ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ karaṇīyāni. Katamāni tīṇi, idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, kāyakammavacīkammena samannāgato kusalena parisuddhājīvo. Āraddhavīriyo kho pana hoti thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya sacchikiriyāya. Paññavā kho pana hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ tīṇi karaṇīyānī’’ti. Idaṃ anuññātaṃ.

‘‘Dasayime [dasa ime (sī. ka.) passa a. ni. 10.48], bhikkhave, dhammā pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbā. Katame dasa? ‘Vevaṇṇiyamhi ajjhupagato’ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ…pe… ime kho bhikkhave dasa dhammā pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbā’’ti. Idaṃ anuññātaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, karaṇīyāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritanti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi karaṇīyānī’’ti. Idaṃ anuññātaṃ.

Tattha katamaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ?

‘‘Natthi puttasamaṃ pemaṃ, natthi gosamitaṃ [goṇasamaṃ (ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 1.13] dhanaṃ;

Natthi sūriyasamā [suriyasamā (sī.)] ābhā, samuddaparamā sarā’’ti.

Bhagavā āha –

‘‘Natthi ¶ attasamaṃ pemaṃ, natthi dhaññasamaṃ dhanaṃ;

Natthi paññāsamā ābhā, vuṭṭhiveparamā sarā’’ti.

Ettha yaṃ purimakaṃ, idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇimāni ¶ , bhikkhaveऋ akaraṇīyāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritanti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi akaraṇīyānī’’ti. Idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ.

124. Tattha ¶ katamaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca?

‘‘Kiṃsūdha bhītā janatā anekā, maggo canekāyatano pavutto [canekāyatanappavuttā (saṃ. ni. 1.75)];

Pucchāmi taṃ gotama bhūripañña, kismiṃ ṭhito paralokaṃ na bhāyeti.

‘‘Vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya sammā, kāyena pāpāni akubbamāno;

Bahvannapānaṃ gharamāvasanto, saddho mudū saṃvibhāgī vadaññū;

Etesu dhammesu ṭhito catūsu, dhamme ṭhito paralokaṃ na bhāye’’ti.

Tattha yaṃ āha ‘‘vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya sammā’’ti, idaṃ anuññātaṃ. ‘‘Kāyena pāpāni akubbamāno’’ti, idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ. ‘‘Bahvannapānaṃ gharamāvasanto, saddho mudū saṃvibhāgī vadaññū. Etesu dhammesu ṭhito catūsu, dhamme ṭhito paralokaṃ na bhāye’’ti, idaṃ anuññātaṃ. Idaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca.

‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā;

Sacittapariyodāpanaṃ, etaṃ buddhānasāsanaṃ’’.

Tattha yaṃ āha ‘‘sabbapāpassa akaraṇa’’nti, idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ, yaṃ āha ‘‘kusalassa upasampadā’’ti, idaṃ anuññātaṃ. Idaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca.

‘‘Kāyasamācārampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampi. Vacīsamācārampāhaṃ ¶ , devānaminda ¶ , duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampi. Manosamācārampāhaṃ devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi…pe… pariyesanampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampi’’.

‘‘Kāyasamācārampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. Yathārūpañca kho kāyasamācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpo kāyasamācāro na sevitabbo. Tattha yaṃ jaññā kāyasamācāraṃ ¶ ‘‘imaṃ [idaṃ (ka.) passa dī. ni. 2.364] kho me kāyasamācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’’ti, evarūpo kāyasamācāro sevitabbo. ‘‘Kāyasamācārampāhaṃ devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’’ti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Vacīsamācāraṃ…pe… ‘‘pariyesanampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. Yathārūpañca kho pariyesanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpā pariyesanā na sevitabbā. Tattha yaṃ jaññā pariyesanaṃ ‘‘imaṃ kho me pariyesanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’’ti, evarūpā pariyesanā sevitabbā. ‘‘Pariyesanampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’’ti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

Tattha yaṃ āha ‘‘sevitabbampī’’ti, idaṃ anuññātaṃ. Yaṃ āha ‘‘na sevitabbampī’’ti, idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ. Idaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca.

170. Tattha ¶ katamo thavo?

‘‘Maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko [passa dha. pa. 273] seṭṭho, saccānaṃ caturo padā;

Virāgo seṭṭho dhammānaṃ, dvipadānañca cakkhumā’’ti.

Ayaṃ thavo.

‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, aggāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññīnāsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati seṭṭhamakkhāyati pavaramakkhāyati ¶ , yadidaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. Yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ [a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 81 passitabbaṃ] paṇṇattisaṅkhatānaṃ vā asaṅkhatānaṃ vā, virāgo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ aggamakkhāyati seṭṭhamakkhāyati pavaramakkhāyati, yadidaṃ madanimmadano…pe… nirodho nibbānaṃ. Yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghānaṃ paṇṇatti gaṇānaṃ paṇṇatti mahājanasannipātānaṃ paṇṇatti, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati seṭṭhamakkhāyati pavaramakkhāyati, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā…pe… puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti.

‘‘Sabbalokuttaro ¶ satthā, dhammo ca kusalakkhato [kusalamakkhato (ka.)];

Gaṇo ca narasīhassa, tāni tīṇi vississare.

‘‘Samaṇapadumasañcayo gaṇo, dhammavaro ca vidūnaṃ sakkato;

Naravaradamako ca cakkhumā, tāni tīṇi lokassa uttari.

‘‘Satthā ca appaṭisamo, dhammo ca sabbo nirupadāho;

Ariyo ca gaṇavaro, tāni ¶ khalu vississare tīṇi.

‘‘Saccanāmo jino khemo sabbābhibhū, saccadhammo natthañño tassa uttari;

Ariyasaṅgho niccaṃ viññūnaṃ pūjito, tāni tīṇi lokassa uttari.

‘‘Ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī, maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī;

Etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe, tarissanti ye ca [ye cāpi (sī. ka.) passa saṃ. ni. 5.384] taranti oghaṃ.

‘‘Taṃ tādisaṃ devamanussaseṭṭhaṃ;

Sattā namassanti visuddhipekkhā’’ti.

Ayaṃ thavoti.

Tattha lokiyaṃ suttaṃ dvīhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyena ca vāsanābhāgiyena ca. Lokuttaraṃpi suttaṃ tīhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ dassanabhāgiyena ca bhāvanābhāgiyena ca asekkhabhāgiyena ca. Lokiyañca lokuttarañca. Yasmiṃ sutte yaṃ yaṃ padaṃ dissati saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ vā vāsanābhāgiyaṃ vā, tena tena lokiyanti niddisitabbaṃ, dassanabhāgiyaṃ vā ¶ bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ vā asekkhabhāgiyaṃ vā yaṃ yaṃ padaṃ dissati tena tena lokuttaranti niddisitabbaṃ.

Vāsanābhāgiyaṃ ¶ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyassa suttassa nigghātāya, dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ vāsanābhāgiyassa suttassa nigghātāya, bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ dassanabhāgiyassa suttassa paṭinissaggāya, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ bhāvanābhāgiyassa suttassa paṭinissaggāya, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthaṃ.

Lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ chabbīsatiyā puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ, te tīhi suttehi samanvesitabbā dassanabhāgiyena bhāvanābhāgiyena asekkhabhāgiyena cāti.

Tattha dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ pañcahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ ekabījinā kolaṃkolena sattakkhattuparamena saddhānusārinā dhammānusārinā cāti, dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi pañcahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ. Bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ dvādasahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipannena, sakadāgāminā, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipannena, anāgāminā ¶ , antarā parinibbāyinā, upahacca parinibbāyinā, asaṅkhāraparinibbāyinā, sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyinā, uddhaṃsotena akaniṭṭhagāminā, saddhāvimuttena, diṭṭhippattena, kāyasakkhinā cāti, bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi dvādasahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ. Asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ navahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ saddhāvimuttena, paññāvimuttena, suññatavimuttena, animittavimuttena, appaṇihitavimuttena, ubhatobhāgavimuttena samasīsinā paccekabuddhasammāsambuddhehi cāti, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi navahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ. Evaṃ lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ imehi chabbīsatiyā puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.

Lokiyaṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ ekūnavīsatiyā puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ. Te caritehi niddiṭṭhā samanvesitabbā keci rāgacaritā, keci dosacaritā, keci mohacaritā, keci rāgacaritā ca dosacaritā ca, keci rāgacaritā ca mohacaritā ca, keci dosacaritā ca mohacaritā ca, keci rāgacaritā ca dosacaritā ca mohacaritā ca, rāgamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito, rāgamukhe ṭhito dosacarito, rāgamukhe ṭhito mohacarito, rāgamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito ca dosacarito ca mohacarito ca, dosamukhe ṭhito dosacarito, dosamukhe ṭhito mohacarito, dosamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito, dosamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito ca dosacarito ¶ ca mohacarito ¶ ca, mohamukhe ṭhito mohacarito, mohamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito mohamukhe ṭhito dosacarito, mohamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito ca dosacarito ca mohacarito cāti, lokiyaṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ imehi ekūnavīsatiyā puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.

Vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ sīlavantehi niddisitabbaṃ, te sīlavanto ¶ pañca puggalā pakatisīlaṃ samādānasīlaṃ cittappasādo samatho vipassanā cāti, vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi pañcahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.

Lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ tīhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ dassanabhāgiyena bhāvanābhāgiyena asekkhabhāgiyena ca.

Lokiyañca lokuttarañca sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca ubhayena niddisitabbaṃ, ñāṇaṃ paññāya niddisitabbaṃ paññindriyena paññābalena adhipaññāsikkhāya dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgena sammādiṭṭhiyā tīraṇāya santīraṇāya dhamme ñāṇena anvaye ñāṇena khaye ñāṇena anuppāde ñāṇena anaññātaññassāmītindriyena aññindriyena aññātāvindriyena cakkhunā vijjāya buddhiyā bhūriyā medhāya, yaṃ yaṃ vā pana labbhati, tena tena paññādhivacanena niddisitabbaṃ.

Ñeyyaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannehi ajjhattikabāhirehi hīnappaṇītehi dūrasantikehi saṅkhatāsaṅkhatehi kusalākusalābyākatehi saṅkhepato vā chahi ārammaṇehi niddisitabbaṃ. Ñāṇañca ñeyyañca tadubhayena niddisitabbaṃ, paññāpi ārammaṇabhūtā ñeyyaṃ, yaṃ kiñci ārammaṇabhūtaṃ ajjhattikaṃ vā bāhiraṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ saṅkhatena asaṅkhatena ca niddisitabbaṃ.

Dassanaṃ bhāvanā [dassanā bhāvanā (sī.)] sakavacanaṃ paravacanaṃ visajjanīyaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ kammaṃ vipākoti sabbattha tadubhayaṃ sutte yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ, tathā upadhārayitvā labbhamānato niddisitabbaṃ, yaṃ vā pana kiñci bhagavā aññataravacanaṃ bhāsati, sabbaṃ taṃ yathāniddiṭṭhaṃ dhārayitabbaṃ.

Duvidho hetu yañca kammaṃ ye ca kilesā, samudayo kilesā. Tattha ¶ kilesā saṃkilesabhāgiyena suttena niddisitabbā. Samudayo saṃkilesabhāgiyena ¶ ca vāsanābhāgiyena ca suttena niddisitabbo. Tattha kusalaṃ catūhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ vāsanābhāgiyena dassanabhāgiyena bhāvanābhāgiyena asekkhabhāgiyena ca. Akusalaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyena suttena niddisitabbaṃ ¶ . Kusalañca akusalañca tadubhayena [tadubhayehi (sī.)] niddisitabbaṃ. Anuññātaṃ bhagavato anuññātāya niddisitabbaṃ, taṃ pañcavidhaṃ saṃvaro pahānaṃ bhāvanā sacchikiriyā kappiyānulomoti, yaṃ dissati tāsu tāsu bhūmīsu, taṃ kappiyānulomena niddisitabbaṃ. Paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā paṭikkhittakāraṇena niddisitabbaṃ. Anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca tadubhayena niddisitabbaṃ. Thavo pasaṃsāya niddisitabbo. So pañcavidhena veditabbo bhagavato dhammassa ariyasaṅghassa ariyadhammānaṃ sikkhāya lokiyaguṇasampattiyāti. Evaṃ thavo pañcavidhena niddisitabbo.

Indriyabhūmi navahi padehi niddisitabbā, kilesabhūmi navahi padehi niddisitabbā, evametāni aṭṭhārasa padāni honti nava padāni kusalāni nava padāni akusalānīti, tathāhi vuttaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbā, sāsanappaṭṭhāne’’ti. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano –

‘‘Navahi ca padehi kusalā, navahi ca yujjanti akusalappakkhā;

Ete khalu mūlapadā, bhavanti aṭṭhārasa padānī’’ti.

Niyuttaṃ sāsanappaṭṭhānaṃ.

Ettāvatā ¶ samattā netti yā āyasmatā mahākaccāyanena bhāsitā bhagavatā anumoditā mūlasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgītāti.

Nettippakaraṇaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.